[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TWI783066B - Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip - Google Patents

Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI783066B
TWI783066B TW107137717A TW107137717A TWI783066B TW I783066 B TWI783066 B TW I783066B TW 107137717 A TW107137717 A TW 107137717A TW 107137717 A TW107137717 A TW 107137717A TW I783066 B TWI783066 B TW I783066B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
film
forming
aforementioned
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW107137717A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201936825A (en
Inventor
稲男洋一
小橋力也
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201936825A publication Critical patent/TW201936825A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI783066B publication Critical patent/TWI783066B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/50Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece
    • B23K26/53Working by transmitting the laser beam through or within the workpiece for modifying or reforming the material inside the workpiece, e.g. for producing break initiation cracks
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67005Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67011Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
    • H01L21/67098Apparatus for thermal treatment
    • H01L21/67115Apparatus for thermal treatment mainly by radiation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67005Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67011Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
    • H01L21/67132Apparatus for placing on an insulating substrate, e.g. tape
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/6835Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L21/6836Wafer tapes, e.g. grinding or dicing support tapes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/77Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
    • H01L21/78Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/52Mounting semiconductor bodies in containers

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)

Abstract

A film for protective film formation is an energy ray curable film for protective film formation, in which a pressure sensitive adhesiveness between the film for protective film formation and a silicon wafer is 3 N/25mm or more, and when the film for protective film formation is turned to be a protective film by irradiating with UV light, a shear strength of the protective film is 10.5 N/3mm□.

Description

保護膜形成用膜、保護膜形成用複合片及半導體晶片的製造方法Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing semiconductor wafer

本發明係有關於保護膜形成用複合片及半導體晶片的製造方法。 本申請以2017年10月27日在日本提出申請的日本專利申請第2017-208432號作為優先權主張之基礎,並將其內容引用於此。This invention relates to the manufacturing method of the composite sheet for protective film formation, and a semiconductor wafer. This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-208432 filed in Japan on October 27, 2017 as the basis for claiming priority, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference.

近年來,已經發展出應用了稱為所謂的面朝下(face-down)方法的安裝法之半導體裝置的製造。在面朝下的方法中,使用在電路表面上具有凸塊(bump)等的電極之半導體晶片,並將前述電極接合至基板。因此,會暴露出半導體晶片中與電路表面為相反側的背表面。In recent years, the manufacture of semiconductor devices to which a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been developed has been developed. In the face-down method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the aforementioned electrodes are bonded to a substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer on the opposite side to the circuit surface is exposed.

在此暴露出的半導體晶片的背表面上會形成含有機材料的樹脂膜作為保護膜,以作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片而組裝於半導體裝置內。 保護膜用於防止在切割(dicing)步驟或封裝(packaging)之後在半導體晶片中發生裂縫(crack)。A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor wafer to be assembled in a semiconductor device as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor wafer after a dicing step or packaging.

為了形成這樣的保護膜,例如,可以使用具備了用於在支撐片上形成保護膜的保護膜形成用膜之保護膜形成用複合片。保護膜形成用膜可以藉由固化進而形成保護膜。再者,將在背表面上具備保護膜形成用膜或保護膜的半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片時,支撐片能夠用來固定半導體晶圓。此外,支撐片也可以作為切割片(dicing-sheet)使用,而保護膜形成用複合片也可以作為將保護膜形成用膜和切割片一體化的複合片使用。In order to form such a protective film, for example, the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the film for protective film formation for forming a protective film on a support sheet can be used. The film for protective film formation can form a protective film by hardening. In addition, when dividing the semiconductor wafer provided with the film for protective film formation or a protective film on the back surface into semiconductor wafers, a support sheet can be used for fixing a semiconductor wafer. In addition, the support sheet can also be used as a dicing sheet, and the composite sheet for protective film formation can also be used as a composite sheet which integrated the film for protective film formation and a dicing sheet.

作為這樣的保護膜形成用複合片,例如,目前主要使用具備藉由加熱而固化形成保護膜的熱固性保護膜形成用膜之片材。然而,熱固性保護膜形成用膜的加熱固化通常需要大約幾個小時至長達數小時,因此期望可縮短固化時間。對此,已經研究了在保護膜的形成時,使用可藉由紫外線等的能量射線的照射而固化(能量射線固化性)之保護膜形成用膜。As such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a sheet provided with a film for forming a thermosetting protective film that is cured by heating to form a protective film is currently mainly used. However, heat curing of a film for forming a thermosetting protective film usually takes about several hours to as long as several hours, and therefore it is expected that the curing time can be shortened. On the other hand, when forming a protective film, the use of the film for protective film formation which can be cured by irradiation of the energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray (energy ray curability) has been considered.

另一方面,作為得到半導體晶片的方法,使用切割刀(dicing blade)切割半導體晶圓的方法被廣泛使用。在此方法中,通常,在背表面上具備保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之半導體晶圓,與這些保護膜形成用膜或保護膜一起藉由切割刀分割並單片化,進而得到半導體晶片。On the other hand, as a method of obtaining a semiconductor wafer, a method of dicing the semiconductor wafer using a dicing blade is widely used. In this method, generally, a semiconductor wafer provided with a film for forming a protective film or a protective film on the back surface is divided and singulated by a dicing blade together with the film for forming a protective film or a protective film, and semiconductor wafers are obtained. .

對此,近年來,也研究出不使用切割刀分割半導體晶圓的各種方法。例如,已知以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式照射雷射光,以在半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層,接著,將形成有此改性層且在背表面上貼附有樹脂膜之半導體晶圓,與此樹脂膜一起在樹脂膜的表面方向上擴展(expand),以將樹脂膜切斷且同時在前述改性層的位置將半導體晶圓分割並單片化,進而得到半導體晶片的方法。不同於使用切割刀的方法,在此方法中,不會由於切割刀而在半導體晶圓形成切削部分,因而具有能夠從半導體晶圓得到更多的半導體晶片且不會產生切削碎屑的優點。作為用於將半導體晶片接合於基板的電路形成表面上之材料,可列舉出膜狀黏著劑,而上述的分割方法目前為止係主要在使用此膜狀黏著劑作為前述樹脂膜的情況下被使用(請參照專利文獻1)。In contrast, in recent years, various methods of dividing semiconductor wafers without using a dicing blade have been studied. For example, it is known to irradiate laser light so as to focus on a focal point set inside a semiconductor wafer to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer, and then, to form this modified layer and stick it on the back surface The semiconductor wafer with the resin film is expanded in the surface direction of the resin film together with the resin film to cut the resin film and at the same time divide and singulate the semiconductor wafer at the position of the aforementioned modified layer, Further, a method of obtaining a semiconductor wafer. Unlike the method using a dicing blade, in this method, no cutting portion is formed on the semiconductor wafer due to the dicing blade, and thus has the advantage of being able to obtain more semiconductor wafers from the semiconductor wafer without generating cutting debris. As a material for bonding the semiconductor chip to the circuit-forming surface of the substrate, a film-like adhesive is mentioned, and the above-mentioned dividing method has been mainly used in the case of using the film-like adhesive as the aforementioned resin film until now. (Please refer to Patent Document 1).

因此,對於具備能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜或為其固化物的保護膜作為前述樹脂膜之半導體晶圓而言,只要能夠適用如以上所述藉由擴展而分割的方法,這種方法作為具備保護膜之半導體晶片的製造方法具有非常高的實用性。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]Therefore, as long as the method of dividing by spreading as described above can be applied to a semiconductor wafer having an energy ray-curable protective film forming film or a protective film of its cured product as the aforementioned resin film, such a The method has very high practicality as a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer provided with a protective film. [Prior art literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開第2012-222002號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-222002

[發明所欲解決的課題][Problems to be Solved by the Invention]

然而,在將具備保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之半導體晶圓擴展的情況下,可能會發生所得到的半導體晶片從切割後的保護膜形成用膜或保護膜剝離且浮起的問題。其中,此問題出現在半導體晶片的周邊部分,而在角落部分特別顯著。However, when expanding the semiconductor wafer provided with the film for protective film formation or protective film, the problem that the obtained semiconductor wafer peeled off and floated from the film for protective film formation or protective film after dicing may arise. Among them, this problem occurs in the peripheral portion of the semiconductor wafer, and is particularly conspicuous in the corner portion.

本發明的目的係提供在藉由將在背表面上具備保護膜形成用膜或為保護膜形成用膜之固化物的保護膜且在其內部形成改性層之半導體晶圓擴展,以將保護膜形成用膜或保護膜切斷且同時將半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片時,能夠抑制半導體晶片從保護膜形成用膜或保護膜浮起之保護膜形成用膜、具備前述保護膜形成用膜之保護膜形成用複合片、及前述半導體晶片的製造方法。 [用於解決課題的手段]The object of the present invention is to provide a protective film by expanding a semiconductor wafer having a film for forming a protective film or a cured product of a film for forming a protective film on the back surface and forming a modified layer inside it, so as to protect the semiconductor wafer. Film for forming a protective film capable of suppressing the floating of semiconductor wafers from the film for forming a protective film or the protective film when the film for forming a film or the protective film is cut and at the same time dividing the semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers, and the film for forming the protective film A composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing the aforementioned semiconductor wafer. [Means used to solve the problem]

為了解決上述問題,本發明提供一種保護膜形成用膜,其係能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,其中藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上,且當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上, 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力, 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a film for forming a protective film, which is an energy ray curable film for forming a protective film, wherein the adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and a silicon wafer measured by the following method The force is 3N/25mm or more, and when the above-mentioned film for protective film formation is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film, the shear strength of the protective film measured by the following method is 10.5N/3mm□ or more, for protective film formation Adhesion between the film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the aforementioned film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the surface of the aforementioned film for forming a protective film and the surface of the silicon wafer that were originally in contact with each other were formed into each other. In the case of an angle of 180°, the protective film forming film was peeled off from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time was measured, and the measured value was used as Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer, and shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the Under the condition of light intensity of 170mJ/cm 2 , by irradiating ultraviolet rays to the film for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film was cured into a protective film, and the silicon wafer with the obtained protective film was diced into a size of 3mm×3mm silicon wafer with a protective film, and only on the protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film, apply a force in the direction of the surface of the protective film at a speed of 200μm/s until the protective film The maximum value (N/3mm□) of the force applied until the film was broken was taken as the shear strength of the protective film.

再者,本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,其具備支撐片,且在前述支撐片上具備前述保護膜形成用膜。 再者,本發明提供一種半導體晶片的製造方法,其包括下列步驟:將前述保護膜形成用膜、或前述保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓;對在貼附於前述半導體晶圓之後的前述保護膜形成用膜照射能量射線,以形成保護膜;以聚焦於設定在前述半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式,隔著前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜照射雷射光,以在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層;將形成了前述改性層的前述半導體晶圓,與前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜一起在前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜的表面方向上擴展,以將前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜切斷且同時在前述改性層的位置將前述半導體晶圓分割,進而得到複數半導體晶片。 [本發明的效果]Furthermore, this invention provides the composite sheet for protective film formation provided with the support sheet, and provided with the said film for protective film formation on the said support sheet. Furthermore, the present invention provides a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, which includes the following steps: attaching the film for forming a protective film or the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film to a semiconductor wafer; The film for forming a protective film attached to the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with energy rays to form a protective film; and the film for forming a protective film is placed through the protective film or the film for forming a protective film so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. The film is irradiated with laser light to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; the semiconductor wafer on which the modified layer is formed is formed on the protective film or the protective film together with the protective film or the film for protective film formation. Expanding in the surface direction of the film, the protective film or the film for forming a protective film is cut and the semiconductor wafer is divided at the position of the modified layer at the same time to obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers. [Effect of the present invention]

根據本發明,提供了在藉由將在背表面上具備保護膜形成用膜或為保護膜形成用膜之固化物的保護膜且在其內部形成改性層之半導體晶圓擴展,以將保護膜形成用膜或保護膜切斷且同時將半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片時,能夠抑制半導體晶片從保護膜形成用膜或保護膜浮起之保護膜形成用膜、具備前述保護膜形成用膜之保護膜形成用複合片、及前述半導體晶片的製造方法。According to the present invention, there is provided an expansion of a semiconductor wafer in which a modified layer is formed inside a protective film provided with a film for forming a protective film or a cured product of a film for forming a protective film on the back surface, so that the protective film can be protected. Film for forming a protective film capable of suppressing the floating of semiconductor wafers from the film for forming a protective film or the protective film when the film for forming a film or the protective film is cut and at the same time dividing the semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers, and the film for forming the protective film A composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing the aforementioned semiconductor wafer.

◇保護膜形成用膜 根據本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用膜,其係能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,其中藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上,且當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。◇Film for forming a protective film The film for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention is an energy ray curable film for forming a protective film, wherein the film for forming a protective film and silicon crystal are measured by the following method The adhesive force between circles is 3N/25mm or more, and when the protective film is formed by irradiating ultraviolet rays to the film for forming a protective film, the shear strength of the protective film measured by the following method is 10.5N/3mm□ or more . Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

作為其他樣態,根據本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用膜,其係能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,前述保護膜形成用膜具有藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上的特性,且前述保護膜形成用膜具有當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法所測量到的前述保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上的特性。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。As another aspect, a film for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention is an energy ray curable film for forming a protective film, and the film for forming a protective film has a protective film formation measured by the following method: The adhesive force between the film and the silicon wafer is 3N/25mm or more, and the film for forming a protective film has the following method when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film. The shear strength of the said protective film is the characteristic of 10.5N/3mm□ or more. Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

在本發明的一樣態中的保護膜形成用膜,可以是與在藉由前述方法測量前述黏著力及剪切強度時具有前述黏著力為3N/25mm以上及前述剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上的特性之保護膜形成用膜的化學組成具有相同的化學組成之保護膜形成用膜,也可以與以下列方法評價的保護膜形成用膜的厚度具有不同的厚度。The film for forming a protective film in one aspect of the present invention may have the aforementioned adhesive force of 3 N/25 mm or more and the aforementioned shear strength of 10.5 N/3 mm when the aforementioned adhesive force and shear strength are measured by the aforementioned method. □Chemical composition of the film for forming a protective film having the above characteristics The film for forming a protective film having the same chemical composition may have a thickness different from the thickness of the film for forming a protective film evaluated by the following method.

此處,所謂保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上,係指寬度為25mm的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N。再者,所謂保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上,係指邊長為3mm的正方形保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N。Here, the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer is 3N/25mm or more, which means that the film for forming a protective film having a width of 25mm and the silicon wafer is 3N. In addition, the shear strength of the protective film is 10.5N/3mm□ or more, which means that the shear strength of a square protective film with a side length of 3mm is 10.5N.

如後續所述,藉由在支撐片上設置前述保護膜形成用膜,可以形成保護膜形成用複合片。A composite sheet for protective film formation can be formed by providing the said film for protective film formation on a support sheet as mentioned later.

前述保護膜形成用膜藉由能量射線的照射而固化成為保護膜。此保護膜,用於保護半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背表面(與電極形成表面為相反側的表面)。保護膜形成用膜是柔軟的,而且能夠容易地貼附於待貼附的物體上。 由於前述保護膜形成用膜具有能量射線固化性,因此能夠以比熱固性保護膜形成用膜更短的時間藉由固化來形成保護膜。The film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation with energy rays to form a protective film. This protective film is used to protect the semiconductor wafer or the back surface (the surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer. The film for protective film formation is flexible and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. Since the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, it can form a protective film by curing in a shorter time than a film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

另外,在本說明書中,所謂「保護膜形成用膜」係指固化前的膜,而所謂「保護膜」係指藉由將保護膜形成用膜固化所得到的膜。In addition, in this specification, "the film for protective film formation" means the film before hardening, and "protective film" means the film obtained by hardening the film for protective film formation.

在本發明中,所謂「能量射線」係指在電磁波或帶電粒子束中具有能量量子的射線,作為其範例可列舉出紫外線、輻射線、電子束等。 例如,可以藉由使用高壓汞燈、fusion–H燈、氙(xenon)燈、黑光燈(black-light)、LED燈等作為紫外線來源,以照射紫外線。可以藉由電子束加速器等產生的電子束,以照射電子束。 在本發明中,所謂「能量射線固化性」係指藉由照射了能量射線而固化的性質,而所謂「非能量射線固化性」係指即照射了能量射線也不會固化的性質。In the present invention, the term "energy ray" refers to a ray having energy quanta in electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation rays, and electron beams. For example, ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using a high pressure mercury lamp, fusion-H lamp, xenon lamp, black-light, LED lamp, etc. as an ultraviolet source. The electron beam may be irradiated with an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like. In the present invention, "energy ray curability" refers to the property of being cured by irradiating energy ray, and "non-energy ray curability" refers to the property of not curing even when irradiated with energy ray.

在使用前述保護膜形成用膜的情況下,藉由將內部形成有改性層之半導體晶圓在其表面(例如背表面)方向上擴展,以在前述改性層的位置將半導體晶圓分割,進而製作出半導體晶片。 為了在半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層,可以採用以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式照射雷射光。由於半導體晶圓的改性層的強度減弱,因此可藉由將形成有改性層的半導體晶圓在半導體晶圓的表面方向上擴展,對半導體晶圓內部的改性層施力,使得半導體晶圓在此改性層的位置處破裂,進而得到複數個半導體晶片。In the case of using the aforementioned film for forming a protective film, by spreading the semiconductor wafer in which the modified layer is formed in the direction of its surface (for example, the back surface), the semiconductor wafer is divided at the position of the aforementioned modified layer , and then produce a semiconductor wafer. In order to form the reformed layer inside the semiconductor wafer, it is possible to irradiate laser light so as to focus on a focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer. Since the strength of the modified layer of the semiconductor wafer is weakened, the modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer can be exerted force by expanding the semiconductor wafer formed with the modified layer in the surface direction of the semiconductor wafer, so that the semiconductor The wafer is broken at the location of the modification layer, and then a plurality of semiconductor wafers are obtained.

在半導體晶圓內形成前述改性層時所照射的前述雷射光,以紅外線區域的雷射光為佳,且以波長為1342nm的雷射光為較佳。The aforementioned laser light irradiated when forming the aforementioned modified layer in the semiconductor wafer is preferably a laser light in the infrared region, and preferably a laser light with a wavelength of 1342 nm.

由於藉由前述方法所測量到的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上,且藉由前述方法所測量到的保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上,因此在將在背表面上具備保護膜之半導體晶圓(在本說明書中,有時稱為「附有保護膜的半導體晶圓」)擴展,進而將保護膜切斷且同時將半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片(在本說明書中,有時稱為「附有保護膜的半導體晶片」)時,能夠抑制半導體晶片從保護膜浮起。這同樣適用於保護膜形成用膜的情況,藉由將在背表面上具備保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶圓(在本說明書中,有時稱為「附有保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶圓」)擴展,進而切斷保護膜形成用膜且同時將半導體晶圓分割成半導體晶片(在本說明書中,有時稱為「附有保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶片」)時,能夠抑制半導體晶片從保護膜形成用膜浮起。Since the adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the silicon wafer measured by the aforementioned method is 3N/25mm or more, and the shear strength of the protective film measured by the aforementioned method is 10.5N/3mm□ In the above, therefore, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "semiconductor wafer with protective film") is expanded, and the protective film is cut and the semiconductor wafer is simultaneously cut. When the circle is divided into semiconductor wafers (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "semiconductor wafers with a protective film"), it is possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer from floating from the protective film. The same applies to the case of a film for forming a protective film, and by taking a semiconductor wafer provided with a film for forming a protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as a "semiconductor wafer with a film for forming a protective film") When the film for forming a protective film is cut and at the same time the semiconductor wafer is divided into semiconductor wafers (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "semiconductor wafers with a film for forming a protective film"), it is possible to suppress The semiconductor wafer floats from the film for protective film formation.

前述黏著力,以3.3N/25mm以上為佳,且以3.6N/25mm以上為較佳。藉由前述黏著力為前述下限值以上,抑制半導體晶片(不限於矽晶片)從上述的保護膜或保護膜形成用膜浮起之效果變得更顯著。The aforementioned adhesive force is preferably 3.3N/25mm or higher, and more preferably 3.6N/25mm or higher. When the said adhesive force is more than the said lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the floating of a semiconductor wafer (not limited to a silicon wafer) from the said protective film or the film for protective film formation becomes more remarkable.

另一方面,前述黏著力的上限值並沒有特別限定。然而,考慮到在後續描述的半導體裝置的製造方法中可變得更容易拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片或附有保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶片,前述黏著力以10N/25mm以下為佳,以9N/25mm以下為較佳,且以8N/25mm以下為特佳。On the other hand, the upper limit of the aforementioned adhesive force is not particularly limited. However, considering that it becomes easier to pick up a semiconductor wafer with a protective film or a semiconductor wafer with a film for forming a protective film in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device described later, the aforementioned adhesive force is preferably 10N/25mm or less, It is better to be below 9N/25mm, and especially preferably below 8N/25mm.

可以將前述黏著力,適當地調整在將上述優選的下限值及上限值任意組合而設定的範圍內。例如,前述黏著力以3~10N/25mm為佳,以3.3~9N/25mm為較佳,且以3.6~8N/25mm為特佳,然而這些僅是其中一範例。The above-mentioned adhesive force can be appropriately adjusted within the range set by arbitrarily combining the above-mentioned preferable lower limit and upper limit. For example, the aforementioned adhesive force is preferably 3-10N/25mm, more preferably 3.3-9N/25mm, and particularly preferably 3.6-8N/25mm, but these are just examples.

例如,可以藉由調整後續描述的保護膜形成用膜中所含有的成分的種類及其含量、以及保護膜形成用膜的厚度等,調整前述黏著力。特別是藉由調整後續描述的在保護膜形成用膜中的化合物(p)等的含量,能夠容易地調整前述黏著力。For example, the aforementioned adhesive force can be adjusted by adjusting the types and contents of components contained in the film for forming a protective film described later, the thickness of the film for forming a protective film, and the like. In particular, the aforementioned adhesive force can be easily adjusted by adjusting the content of the compound (p) and the like in the film for protective film formation described later.

前述剪切強度,以10.7N/3mm□以上為佳,且以11.0N/3mm□以上為較佳。藉由前述剪切強度為前述下限值以上,抑制半導體晶片從上述的保護膜或保護膜形成用膜浮起之效果變得更顯著。The aforementioned shear strength is preferably at least 10.7N/3mm□, and more preferably at least 11.0N/3mm□. When the said shear strength is more than the said lower limit, the effect of suppressing the floating of a semiconductor wafer from the said protective film or the film for protective film formation becomes more remarkable.

另一方面,前述剪切強度的上限值並沒有特別限定。例如,以30.0N/3mm□以下為佳,以27.5N/3mm□以下為較佳,且以25.0N/3mm□以下為特佳。On the other hand, the upper limit of the aforementioned shear strength is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably not more than 30.0N/3mm□, more preferably not more than 27.5N/3mm□, and most preferably not more than 25.0N/3mm□.

可以將前述剪切強度,適當地調整在將上述優選的下限值及上限值任意組合而設定的範圍內。例如,前述剪切強度以10.5~30.0N/3mm□為佳,以10.7~27.5N/3mm□為較佳,且以11.0~25.0N/3mm□為特佳,然而這些僅是其中一範例。The aforementioned shear strength can be appropriately adjusted within a range set by arbitrarily combining the above-mentioned preferred lower limit and upper limit. For example, the aforementioned shear strength is preferably 10.5-30.0 N/3mm□, more preferably 10.7-27.5 N/3mm□, and particularly preferably 11.0-25.0 N/3mm□, but these are just examples.

例如,可以藉由調整後續描述的保護膜形成用膜中所含有的成分的種類及其含量、以及保護膜形成用膜的厚度等,調整前述剪切強度。特別是藉由調整後續描述的在保護膜形成用膜中的化合物(p)等的含量,能夠容易地調整前述剪切強度。For example, the aforementioned shear strength can be adjusted by adjusting the types and contents of components contained in the film for forming a protective film described later, the thickness of the film for forming a protective film, and the like. In particular, the aforementioned shear strength can be easily adjusted by adjusting the content of the compound (p) and the like in the film for protective film formation described later.

作為前述保護膜形成用膜的一範例,可列舉出以前述黏著力為3~10N/25mm及前述剪切強度為10.5~30.0N/3mm□之保護膜形成用膜為佳;以前述黏著力為3.3~9N/25mm及前述剪切強度為10.7~27.5N/3mm□之保護膜形成用膜為較佳;且以前述黏著力為3.6~8N/25mm及前述剪切強度為11.0~25.0N/3mm□之保護膜形成用膜為特佳等。 然而,此處所示之前述黏著力及剪切強度的組合僅是其中一範例。As an example of the aforementioned film for protective film formation, a film for protective film formation with the aforementioned adhesive force of 3 to 10 N/25 mm and the aforementioned shear strength of 10.5 to 30.0 N/3 mm□ is preferred; The film for protective film formation is preferably 3.3-9N/25mm and the aforementioned shear strength is 10.7-27.5N/3mm□; and the aforementioned adhesive force is 3.6-8N/25mm and the aforementioned shear strength is 11.0-25.0N /3mm□ protective film forming film is especially good. However, the aforementioned combination of adhesion and shear strength shown here is only one example.

作為滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件之前述保護膜形成用膜,例如,可列舉出含有在一分子中具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物(在本說明書中,有時稱為「化合物(p)」)的保護膜形成用膜,且以含有後續描述的能量射線固化性成分(a)及化合物(p)的保護膜形成用膜為佳。含有化合物(p)之保護膜形成用膜,在先前技術中為未知的。 能量射線固化性成分(a)以未固化為佳,以具有黏著性為佳,而且以未固化並具有黏著性為較佳。As the above-mentioned film for forming a protective film that satisfies the conditions of the above-mentioned adhesive force and shear strength, for example, a compound containing a carboxyl group in one molecule or a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymerizable group (in this paper) In the specification, a film for forming a protective film may be referred to as "compound (p)"), and a film for forming a protective film containing an energy ray-curable component (a) and a compound (p) described later is preferable. A film for forming a protective film containing the compound (p) has not been known in the prior art. The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably adhesive, and more preferably uncured and adhesive.

前述保護膜形成用膜、和為其固化物的前述保護膜,以對形成半導體晶圓的改性層時所需要的前述雷射光(例如,波長為1342nm的雷射光等的紅外線區域的雷射光)都具有高透光率為佳。保護膜形成用膜和保護膜兩者通常對於透光率表現出相同的趨勢。 另外,本說明書中的透光率係沒有使用積分球而使用了分光光度計所測量的值。The above-mentioned protective film forming film and the above-mentioned protective film of its cured product are used to react to the above-mentioned laser light (for example, laser light in the infrared region such as laser light with a wavelength of 1342nm) required for forming the modified layer of the semiconductor wafer. ) have high light transmittance. Both the film for protective film formation and the protective film generally show the same tendency with respect to light transmittance. In addition, the light transmittance in this specification is the value measured using the spectrophotometer without using an integrating sphere.

例如,前述保護膜形成用膜對於波長為1342nm的雷射光之透光率(在本說明書中,有時簡稱為「膜透光率(1342nm)」),以45%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以55%以上為特佳。藉由膜透光率(1342nm)為前述下限值以上,在後續描述的半導體晶片的製造方法中,能夠更容易地在半導體晶圓上形成改性層。 前述膜透光率(1342nm)的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,也可以是100%。For example, the light transmittance of the above-mentioned film for forming a protective film with respect to laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm (in this specification, sometimes simply referred to as "film light transmittance (1342 nm)") is preferably 45% or more, and 50% or more. The above is preferred, and more than 55% is particularly preferred. When the light transmittance (1342 nm) of the film is equal to or greater than the aforementioned lower limit value, the modified layer can be more easily formed on the semiconductor wafer in the method for manufacturing the semiconductor wafer described later. The upper limit of the film light transmittance (1342 nm) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 100%.

前述保護膜對於波長為1342nm的雷射光之透光率(在本說明書中,有時簡稱為「保護膜透光率(1342nm)」),以45%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以55%以上為特佳。藉由保護膜透光率(1342nm)為前述下限值以上,在後續描述的半導體晶片的製造方法中,能夠更容易地在半導體晶圓上形成改性層。 前述保護膜透光率(1342nm)的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,也可以是100%。The light transmittance of the aforementioned protective film for laser light with a wavelength of 1342nm (in this specification, sometimes simply referred to as "protective film light transmittance (1342nm)") is preferably at least 45%, and more preferably at least 50%. , and more than 55% is especially good. When the light transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film is equal to or greater than the aforementioned lower limit value, the modified layer can be more easily formed on the semiconductor wafer in the method for manufacturing the semiconductor wafer described later. The upper limit of the light transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film is not particularly limited, for example, it may be 100%.

例如,可以藉由調整保護膜形成用膜中所含有的成分的種類及其含量、以及保護膜形成用膜的厚度等,調整前述膜透光率(1342nm)。 例如,可以藉由調整保護膜中所含有的成分的種類及其含量、以及保護膜的厚度等,調整前述保護膜透光率(1342nm)。For example, the light transmittance (1342 nm) of the film can be adjusted by adjusting the types and contents of components contained in the film for forming a protective film, the thickness of the film for forming a protective film, and the like. For example, the light transmittance (1342 nm) of the protective film can be adjusted by adjusting the types and contents of components contained in the protective film, the thickness of the protective film, and the like.

保護膜形成用膜可以僅有1層(單層),或是為2層以上的複數層,在為複數層的情況下,複數層可以彼此相同或者也可以彼此不同,這些複數層的組合並沒有特別限定。 另外,在本說明書中,不限於在保護膜形成用膜的情況,所謂「複數層可以彼此相同或者也可以彼此不同」意味著「可以是所有層都是相同的,或者也可以是所有層都是不同的,又或者也可以是只有一部分的層是相同的」,而且所謂「複數層彼此不同」意味著「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一者是彼此不同的」。The film for forming a protective film may have only one layer (single layer), or may be a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. Not particularly limited. In addition, in this specification, not limited to the case of the film for protective film formation, "a plurality of layers may be the same or may be different from each other" means "all layers may be the same, or all layers may be the same. are different, or only a part of the layers may be the same", and "a plurality of layers are different from each other" means "at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other".

保護膜形成用膜的厚度以1~100μm為佳,以3~75μm為較佳,且以5~50μm為特佳。藉由將保護膜形成用膜的厚度設定為前述下限值以上,可以形成具有更高保護能力的保護膜。再者,藉由將保護膜形成用膜的厚度設定為前述上限值以下,可抑制保護膜變得過厚。 此處,所謂「保護膜形成用膜的厚度」係指整個保護膜形成用膜的厚度,例如,由複數層所構成的保護膜形成用膜的厚度係指構成保護膜形成用膜之所有層的合計厚度。 再者,可以使用如以下所述的方法測量「保護膜形成用膜的厚度」。使用接觸式厚度計,對保護膜形成用膜的任意5個點測量保護膜形成用膜的前表面與背表面之間的距離。將所測量到的5個點的平均值作為保護膜形成用膜的厚度。 後續將描述的剝離膜、支撐片、黏著劑層、半導體晶圓、及基材等的厚度,也藉由上述的方法進行測量。The thickness of the film for protective film formation is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 3 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. By making the thickness of the film for protective film formation more than the said lower limit, the protective film which has higher protective ability can be formed. Furthermore, by making the thickness of the film for protective film formation below the said upper limit, it can suppress that a protective film becomes thick too much. Here, the "thickness of the film for forming a protective film" refers to the thickness of the entire film for forming a protective film. For example, the thickness of a film for forming a protective film consisting of multiple layers refers to all the layers constituting the film for forming a protective film. total thickness. In addition, "the thickness of the film for protective film formation" can be measured using the method as mentioned below. Using a contact thickness gauge, the distance between the front surface and the back surface of the film for protective film formation was measured at arbitrary 5 points of the film for protective film formation. The average value of the measured 5 points was made into the thickness of the film for protective film formation. The thicknesses of the release film, the support sheet, the adhesive layer, the semiconductor wafer, and the substrate, which will be described later, are also measured by the above-mentioned method.

將保護膜形成用膜固化進而形成保護膜的固化條件,只要是可以使得保護膜充分發揮其功能的固化程度,並沒有特別限定,可以根據保護膜形成用膜的種類適當地選擇。 例如,在將保護膜形成用膜固化時,能量射線的照度以4~280mW/cm2 為佳。而且,在前述固化時,能量射線的光量以3~1000mJ/cm2 為佳。The curing conditions for curing the protective film-forming film to form the protective film are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing allows the protective film to fully perform its function, and can be appropriately selected according to the type of protective film-forming film. For example, when curing the film for forming a protective film, the illuminance of energy rays is preferably 4 to 280 mW/cm 2 . Furthermore, during the aforementioned curing, the light quantity of the energy rays is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .

圖1係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用膜的剖面示意圖。另外,配合說明所使用的以下圖式,為了易於理解本發明的特徵以及為了方便起見,會有將主要部分放大繪示的情形,且各個構成元件的尺寸比例等不一定與實際的相同。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a film for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. In addition, in the following drawings used in conjunction with the description, for the sake of easy understanding of the characteristics of the present invention and for convenience, the main parts may be enlarged and shown, and the size ratio of each component may not be the same as the actual one.

此處所示的保護膜形成用膜13,在其一側的表面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第1表面」)13a上具備第1剝離膜151,且在與前述第1表面13a為相反側之另一側的表面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第2表面」)13b上具備第2剝離膜152。 這種保護膜形成用膜13,適合於例如以捲軸(roll)狀儲存。The film 13 for forming a protective film shown here is provided with a first release film 151 on one surface (sometimes referred to as "the first surface" in this specification) 13a, and is separated from the first surface 13a. The second release film 152 is provided on the surface (sometimes referred to as “the second surface” in this specification) 13 b which is the opposite side. Such a film 13 for forming a protective film is suitable for storage in a roll form, for example.

保護膜形成用膜13可以使用後續描述的保護膜形成用組合物來形成。 保護膜形成用膜13係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。The film 13 for forming a protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a protective film described later. The film 13 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the above-mentioned adhesive force and shear strength.

第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152,任一者都可以是公知的。 第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152可以彼此相同,或者也可以彼此不同,例如當從保護膜形成用膜13剝離時所需的剝離力不同。Any of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known. The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be the same as each other, or may be different from each other, for example, the peeling force required when peeling from the film 13 for protective film formation is different.

在圖1所示的保護膜形成用膜13中,在去除第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152的其中一者因而露出的表面上,貼附半導體晶圓(未繪示於圖式中)的背表面。之後,去除第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152中剩下的另一者因而露出的表面,係作為支撐片的貼附表面。In the film 13 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1, a semiconductor wafer (not shown in the drawings) is attached to the exposed surface by removing one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152. ) of the back surface. After that, the surface exposed by removing the remaining one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is used as the sticking surface of the support sheet.

<<保護膜形成用組合物>> 前述保護膜形成用膜,可以利用含有其構成材料之保護膜形成用組合物來形成。例如,藉由在預定形成保護膜形成用膜的表面上塗佈保護膜形成用組合物,並根據需求進行乾燥,以在目標位置上形成保護膜形成用膜。 在保護膜形成用組合物中,在常溫下未蒸發的各成分的含量之比例,通常相同於保護膜形成用膜的前述各成分的含量之比例。另外,在本說明書中,所謂「常溫」係指不特別冷或熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉出15~25℃的溫度等。<<Protective film forming composition>> The above-mentioned film for forming a protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a protective film containing the constituent materials thereof. For example, the protective film-forming film is formed on the target position by applying the protective film-forming composition on the surface where the protective film-forming film is to be formed, and drying as necessary. In the composition for forming a protective film, the ratio of the content of each component that does not evaporate at normal temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the above-mentioned components in the film for forming a protective film. In addition, in this specification, "normal temperature" means the temperature which is not particularly cold or hot, that is, the normal temperature, For example, the temperature of 15-25 degreeC etc. are mentioned.

保護膜形成用組合物的塗佈,可以藉由公知的方法進行,例如可列舉出使用氣刀塗佈機(Air-knife–Coater)、刮刀塗佈機(Blade–Coater)、棒式塗佈機(Bar-Coater)、凹版塗佈機(Gravure-Coater)、輥式塗佈機(Roll-Coater)、輥式刀塗機(Roll-knife-Coater)、淋幕式塗佈機(Curtain-Coater)、模塗機(Die-Coater)、刀塗機(Knife-Coater)、網版塗佈機(Screen-Coater)、麥勒棒塗機(Meyer-bar-Coater)及吻合塗佈機(Kiss-Coater)等各種塗佈機的方法。 Coating of the composition for forming a protective film can be performed by a known method, for example, use of an air knife coater (Air-knife-Coater), blade coater (Blade-Coater), bar coating Bar-Coater, Gravure-Coater, Roll-Coater, Roll-knife-Coater, Curtain-Coater Coater), die coater (Die-Coater), knife coater (Knife-Coater), screen coater (Screen-Coater), Meyer rod coater (Meyer-bar-Coater) and kiss coater ( Kiss-Coater) and other coating machine methods.

保護膜形成用組合物的乾燥條件,並沒有特別限定,但在保護膜形成用組合物含有後續描述的溶劑的情況下,以對其進行加熱乾燥為佳。例如,以對含有溶劑的保護膜形成用組合物在70~130℃下及10秒~5分鐘的條件下進行乾燥為佳。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming a protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry it. For example, it is preferable to dry the protective film-forming composition containing a solvent at 70 to 130° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)> <Protective film forming composition (IV-1)>

作為保護膜形成用組合物,例如,可列舉出含有前述能量射線固化性成分(a)及化合物(p)之保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)等。含有化合物(p)之保護膜形成用膜,在先前技術中為未知的。 As a composition for protective film formation, the composition for protective film formation (IV-1) etc. which contain the said energy-beam curable component (a) and a compound (p) are mentioned, for example. A film for forming a protective film containing the compound (p) has not been known in the prior art.

[化合物(p)] [compound (p)]

化合物(p),是在一分子中具有羧基(-C(=O)-O-H)或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團。 Compound (p) has a carboxyl group (-C(=O)-O-H) in one molecule or a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymerizable group.

作為以羧基形成鹽的基團,例如,可列舉出質子(H+)從羧基解離所產生的羧酸根陰離子(-C(=O)-O-)與陽離子一起形成鹽之基團。 Examples of the group forming a salt with a carboxyl group include a group in which a carboxylate anion (—C(=O)—O ) generated by dissociation of a proton (H + ) from a carboxyl group forms a salt with a cation.

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及前述保護膜形成用膜中的化合物(p)中,羧基可以是質子未解離的狀態(換言之,維持羧基原本的狀態),也可以是質子已解離而變成羧酸根陰離子。 In the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the compound (p) in the film for forming a protective film, the carboxyl group may be in a state where the proton is not dissociated (in other words, the original state of the carboxyl group is maintained), or may be in a state where the proton has been dissociated. Dissociation into carboxylate anion.

可推測出化合物(p)由於具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團,因此改善了保護膜形成用膜或保護膜與半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之間的交互作用。結果可推測出,能夠抑制半導體晶片從保護膜或保護膜形成用膜浮起。It is presumed that the compound (p) improves the interaction between the protective film forming film or protective film and the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer because it has a carboxyl group or a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group. As a result, it is presumed that the floating of the semiconductor wafer from the protective film or the film for protective film formation can be suppressed.

再者,可推測出化合物(p),由於具有聚合性基團,因此能夠抑制在保護膜中摻入任何一種聚合物成分中(換言之,形成共聚物)且抑制從保護膜往此保護膜鄰接的層(膜)移動。可推測出由於保護膜形成用膜最終會藉由固化而形成保護膜,藉由來自這種化合物(p)的共聚物可穩定地存在於保護膜中,因此能夠穩定地發揮出抑制半導體晶片從保護膜浮起的效果。Furthermore, it can be inferred that compound (p), since it has a polymerizable group, can suppress incorporation into any polymer component in the protective film (in other words, form a copolymer) and suppress the adjacency from the protective film to the protective film. The layers (membranes) move. It is presumed that since the film for forming a protective film will eventually form a protective film by curing, the copolymer derived from this compound (p) can stably exist in the protective film, so that it can stably exhibit the ability to inhibit the semiconductor wafer from falling. The effect of the protective film floating.

具有以羧基形成鹽的基團之化合物(p)由包含1個或2個以上的陰離子部分和1個或2個以上的陽離子部分所構成。前述陰離子部分,每1個陰離子部分具有1個或2個以上的羧酸根陰離子。The compound (p) having a carboxyl salt-forming group comprises one or more anionic moieties and one or more cationic moieties. The aforementioned anion moiety has one or more carboxylate anions per one anion moiety.

亦即,化合物(p)一分子中的羧酸根陰離子的數量,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上。 同樣地,化合物(p)一分子中的前述陰離子部分的數量,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上,在為2個以上的情況下,這些陰離子部分可以全部相同,或者也可以全部不同,又或者也可以是只有一部分是相同的。亦即,化合物(p)一分子中的陰離子部分,可以僅為1種,或者也可以是2種以上,在2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例,並沒有特別限定。 化合物(p)一分子中的羧酸根陰離子,可以全部都是羧基形成鹽的基團所構成,或者也可以只有一部分是以羧基形成鹽的基團所構成,而通常以全部都是以羧基形成鹽的基團所構成為佳。That is, the number of carboxylate anions in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one, or may be two or more. Similarly, the number of the above-mentioned anion moieties in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one, or may be two or more, and in the case of two or more, these anion moieties may all be the same, or all different, or it may be only partly the same. That is, the anion moiety in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be selected arbitrarily, and are not particularly limited. The carboxylate anion in one molecule of compound (p) may be composed of carboxyl salt-forming groups, or only a part of it may be carboxyl salt-forming groups, and usually all of them are carboxyl-forming groups. The group composition of the salt is preferred.

化合物(p)中的陽離子的價數並沒有特別限定,可以是1(1價),或者也可以是2(2價)以上。 化合物(p)一分子中的陽離子的數量,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上,在為2個以上的情況下,這些陽離子可以全部相同,或者也可以全部不同,又或者也可以是只有一部分是相同的。亦即,化合物(p)一分子中的陽離子,可以僅為1種,或者也可以是2種以上,在2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例,並沒有特別限定。 化合物(p)一分子中的陽離子,可以全部都是以羧基形成鹽的基團所構成,或者也可以只有一部分是以羧基形成鹽的基團所構成,而通常以全部都是以羧基形成鹽的基團所構成為佳。The valence of the cation in the compound (p) is not particularly limited, and may be 1 (monovalent), or 2 (divalent) or more. The number of cations in one molecule of the compound (p) may be one, or two or more, and in the case of two or more, these cations may be all the same, or all may be different, or may be Yes only part is the same. That is, the cations in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be selected arbitrarily, and are not particularly limited. The cations in one molecule of the compound (p) may all be composed of carboxyl salt-forming groups, or only a part of them may be carboxyl salt-forming groups, and usually all of them are carboxyl salt-forming groups. The composition of the group is better.

化合物(p)一分子中的以羧基形成鹽的基團,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上,在為2個以上的情況下,這些基團可以全部相同,或者也可以全部不同,又或者也可以是只有一部分是相同的。亦即,化合物(p)一分子中的以羧基形成鹽的基團,可以僅為1種,或者也可以是2種以上,在2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例,並沒有特別限定。The group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one, or two or more, and in the case of two or more, these groups may all be the same, or all may be different , or it can be that only some of them are the same. That is, the group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group in one molecule of compound (p) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. Not particularly limited.

作為具有以羧基形成鹽的基團之化合物(p),可列舉出對應陽離子的種類及價數的各種形態。更具體而言,作為這種化合物(p),例如,可列舉出由1個陰離子部分和1個陽離子所構成的化合物;由2個以上的陰離子部分和1個陽離子所構成的化合物;由1個陰離子部分和2個以上的陽離子所構成的化合物;由2個以上的陰離子部分和2個以上的陽離子所構成的化合物等。As a compound (p) which has a group which forms a salt with a carboxyl group, various forms corresponding to the kind and valence of a cation are mentioned. More specifically, as such a compound (p), for example, a compound composed of one anion moiety and one cation; a compound composed of two or more anion moieties and one cation; a compound composed of 1 A compound composed of two or more anion moieties and two or more cations; a compound composed of two or more anion moieties and two or more cations, etc.

具有以羧基形成鹽的基團之化合物(p),整個分子為電中性的,亦即,以化合物(p)一分子中的陽離子的價數之總和值相同於陰離子的價數之總和值為佳。Compound (p) having a carboxyl salt-forming group, the entire molecule is electrically neutral, that is, the sum of the valences of the cations in a molecule of the compound (p) is the same as the sum of the valences of the anions better.

前述陽離子並沒有特別限定,可以是無機陽離子或有機陽離子的任一者。The aforementioned cations are not particularly limited, and may be either inorganic cations or organic cations.

作為前述陽離子之中的無機陽離子,例如,可列舉出鋰離子(Li+ )、鈉離子(Na+ )、鉀離子(K+ )等的鹼金族金屬離子;鎂離子(Mg2+ )、鈣離子(Ca2+ )、鋇離子(Ba2+ )等的鹼土族金屬離子;鋁離子(Al3+ )、鋅離子(Zn2+ )、錫離子(Sn2+ 、Sn4+ )等的典型/主族金屬離子;銅離子(Cu+ 、Cu2+ )、鐵離子(Fe2+ 、Fe3+ )、錳離子、鎳離子等的過渡金屬離子;銨離子(NH4 + )等的非金屬離子等。 例如,在陽離子為鈉離子的情況下,以羧基形成鹽的基團以式「–C(=O)–O Na+ 」來表示。Examples of inorganic cations among the aforementioned cations include alkali metal ions such as lithium ions (Li + ), sodium ions (Na + ), and potassium ions (K + ); magnesium ions (Mg 2+ ), Calcium ion (Ca 2+ ), barium ion (Ba 2+ ) and other alkaline earth metal ions; aluminum ion (Al 3+ ), zinc ion (Zn 2+ ), tin ion (Sn 2+ , Sn 4+ ), etc. Typical/main group metal ions; transition metal ions of copper ions (Cu + , Cu 2+ ), iron ions (Fe 2+ , Fe 3+ ), manganese ions, nickel ions, etc.; ammonium ions (NH 4 + ), etc. non-metallic ions, etc. For example, when the cation is a sodium ion, a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group is represented by the formula "-C(=O)-O - Na + ".

作為前述陽離子之中的有機陽離子,例如,可列舉出衍生自胺化合物的陽離子、四級銨陽離子等。 作為前述衍生自胺化合物的陽離子,例如,可列舉出一級胺、二級胺或三級胺經過質子化的陽離子。 作為前述四級銨陽離子,例如,可列舉出4個一價烴基鍵結至1個氮原子的陽離子。As the organic cation among the aforementioned cations, for example, cations derived from amine compounds, quaternary ammonium cations, and the like can be cited. As the aforementioned cation derived from an amine compound, for example, a protonated cation of a primary amine, a secondary amine, or a tertiary amine is exemplified. As the aforementioned quaternary ammonium cation, for example, a cation in which four monovalent hydrocarbon groups are bonded to one nitrogen atom can be cited.

作為前述陽離子之中為非金屬離子之無機陽離子、和有機陽離子的較佳範例,例如,可列舉出由通式「(Z14 N+ (其中Z1 為氫原子、烷基或芳香基,複數個Z1 可以彼此相同或不同,在Z1 為2個以上的情況下,也可以是這些烷基彼此鍵結而形成環。)」表示的陽離子。 由這種陽離子所構成的以羧基形成鹽的基團,可由通式「–C(=O)–O N+ (Z14 (其中Z1 相同於以上所述內容)」表示。As preferred examples of inorganic cations and organic cations that are non-metallic ions among the aforementioned cations, for example, the general formula "(Z 1 ) 4 N + (wherein Z 1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or an aromatic group) can be listed. , the plurality of Z 1 may be the same as or different from each other, and when there are 2 or more Z 1 s, these alkyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a ring.)" represents a cation. The carboxyl salt-forming group composed of such cations can be represented by the general formula "-C(=O)-O - N + (Z 1 ) 4 (wherein Z 1 is the same as above)".

在前述通式中,複數個(亦即,4個)Z1 可以全部相同,或者也可以全部不同,又或者也可以是只有一部分是相同的。In the aforementioned general formula, all of the plural (that is, four) Z 1s may be the same, or all may be different, or only some of them may be the same.

在Z1 之中的前述烷基,可以是直鏈、支鏈及環狀的任一者,在為環狀的情況下,可以是單環及多環的任一者。 在Z1 之中的前述芳香基可以是單環及多環的任一者。The above - mentioned alkyl group in Z1 may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic, and in the case of cyclic, may be any of monocyclic and polycyclic. The aforementioned aromatic group in Z 1 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.

在Z1 之中直鏈或支鏈的前述烷基的碳原子數,以1~10為佳,作為這種烷基,例如,可列舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、三級戊基、1-甲基丁基、2-甲基丁基、正己基、1-甲基戊基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基、1,1-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、3,3-二甲基丁基、2,3-二甲基丁基、1-乙基丁基、2-乙基丁基、3-乙基丁基、1-乙基-1-甲基丙基、正庚基、1-甲基己基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、4-甲基己基、5-甲基己基、1,1-二甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、4,4-二甲基戊基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基戊基、3-乙基戊基、4-乙基戊基、2,2,3-三甲基丁基、1-丙基丁基、正辛基、異辛基、1-甲基庚基、2-甲基庚基、3-甲基庚基、4-甲基庚基、5-甲基庚基、1-乙基己基、2-乙基己基、3-乙基己基、4-乙基己基、5-乙基己基、1,1-二甲基己基、2,2-二甲基己基、3,3-二甲基己基、4,4-二甲基己基、5,5-二甲基己基、1-丙基戊基、2-丙基戊基、壬基及癸基等。 在Z1 之中直鏈或支鏈的前述烷基的碳原子數,例如,也可以是1~8、1~5及1~3的任一者,但這些僅是其中一範例。The number of carbon atoms in the straight-chain or branched alkyl group in Z1 is preferably 1 to 10, and examples of such alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. , n-butyl, isobutyl, secondary butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl , 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 3-ethylbutyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl propyl, n-heptyl, 1-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 1,1-dimethylpentyl, 2, 2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, 1- Ethylpentyl, 2-ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, 4-ethylpentyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, 1-propylbutyl, n-octyl, iso Octyl, 1-methylheptyl, 2-methylheptyl, 3-methylheptyl, 4-methylheptyl, 5-methylheptyl, 1-ethylhexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethylhexyl, 5-ethylhexyl, 1,1-dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-di Methylhexyl, 5,5-dimethylhexyl, 1-propylpentyl, 2-propylpentyl, nonyl and decyl, etc. The number of carbon atoms of the linear or branched alkyl group in Z 1 may be, for example, any of 1 to 8, 1 to 5, and 1 to 3, but these are only examples.

在Z1 之中環狀的前述烷基的碳原子數,以3~10為佳,作為這種烷基,例如,可列舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、環壬基、環癸基、降莰基、異莰基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基及三環癸基等。 在Z1 之中環狀的前述烷基的碳原子數,例如,也可以是3~8及3~6的任一者,但這些僅是其中一範例。The number of carbon atoms in the aforementioned cyclic alkyl group in Z1 is preferably 3 to 10. Examples of such alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclo Heptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, norbornyl, isobornyl, 1-adamantyl, 2-adamantyl and tricyclodecanyl, etc. The number of carbon atoms of the cyclic alkyl group in Z 1 may be, for example, any of 3-8 and 3-6, but these are only examples.

在2個以上(亦即,2個、3個或4個)的Z1 為前述烷基的情況下,也可以是這2個以上的烷基彼此鍵結,且與這些烷基所鍵結的氮原子一起形成環。在此情況下,2個以上的烷基彼此鍵結的位置並沒有特別限定,且所形成的環也可以是單環及多環的任一者。In the case where 2 or more (that is, 2, 3 or 4) Z 1 are the aforementioned alkyl groups, these 2 or more alkyl groups may be bonded to each other and bonded to these alkyl groups The nitrogen atoms together form a ring. In this case, the position where two or more alkyl groups are bonded to each other is not particularly limited, and the formed ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.

在Z1 之中的前述芳香基的碳原子數,以6~20為佳,作為這種芳香基,例如,可列舉出苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、鄰甲苯基、間甲苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基(也稱為二甲基苯基)等,而且也可列舉出這些芳香基中1個以上的氫原子進一步被這些芳香基、在Z1 之中的前述烷基等所取代的芳香基。這些具有取代基的芳香基,包含取代基在內的碳原子數,以6~20為佳。The number of carbon atoms of the aforementioned aryl group in Z1 is preferably 6 to 20, and examples of such aryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, o-tolyl, m- Tolyl, p-tolyl, xylyl (also known as dimethylphenyl), etc., and one or more hydrogen atoms in these aromatic groups are further replaced by these aromatic groups, the aforementioned in Z1 Aryl groups substituted by alkyl groups etc. These aromatic groups having substituents preferably have 6-20 carbon atoms including substituents.

化合物(p),在其一分子中,可以只具有羧基,或者也可以只具有以羧基形成鹽的基團,又或者也可以同時具有羧基及以羧基形成鹽的基團。The compound (p) may have only a carboxyl group in one molecule, or may have only a carboxyl group that forms a salt, or may have both a carboxyl group and a carboxyl group that form a salt.

化合物(p)一分子中的羧基及以羧基形成鹽的基團之數量,可以各自僅為1個,或者也可以各自為2個以上。 而且,化合物(p)一分子中的羧基及以羧基形成鹽的基團之總數並沒有特別限定,以1~3個為佳,且以1~2個為較佳。The number of the carboxyl group and the group forming a salt from the carboxyl group in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one each, or may be two or more each. Furthermore, the total number of carboxyl groups in one molecule of compound (p) and groups that form salts from carboxyl groups is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.

在化合物(p)中,羧基及以羧基形成鹽的基團的位置並沒有特別限定。例如,在具有鏈狀結構的化合物(p)中,這些基團可以鍵結於主鏈的末端部分(也可以是主鏈的末端部分),或者也可以鍵結於非末端部分。另外,在本說明書中,所謂「主鏈」係指在鏈狀骨架之中構成鏈狀骨架的原子數最多的鏈狀骨架。In the compound (p), the position of the carboxyl group and the group forming a salt with the carboxyl group is not particularly limited. For example, in a compound (p) having a chain structure, these groups may be bonded to the terminal portion of the main chain (or the terminal portion of the main chain), or may be bonded to a non-terminal portion. In addition, in this specification, a "main chain" means the chain skeleton which has the largest number of atoms constituting the chain skeleton among the chain skeletons.

在化合物(p)中,鍵結於1個原子之羧基及以羧基形成鹽的基團之數量,可以僅為1個,或者也可以是2個以上(例如,在前述原子為碳原子的情況下,為2~4個)。 In the compound (p), the number of the carboxyl group bonded to one atom and the group forming a salt with the carboxyl group may be only one, or may be two or more (for example, when the aforementioned atom is a carbon atom Next, it is 2~4).

作為化合物(p)中的前述聚合性基團,例如,可列舉出具有聚合性不飽和鍵的基團,其中以具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵(也稱為雙鍵或C=C)的基團為佳。 As the aforementioned polymerizable group in the compound (p), for example, a group having a polymerizable unsaturated bond, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (also referred to as a double bond or C=C) can be cited. Group is better.

化合物(p)一分子中的前述聚合性基團之數量,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上,以1~3個為佳,且以1~2個為較佳。 The number of the aforementioned polymerizable groups in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only one, or may be two or more, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.

在化合物(p)中,前述聚合性基團的位置並沒有特別限定。例如,在具有鏈狀結構的化合物(p)中,聚合性基團可以鍵結於主鏈的末端部分,或者也可以鍵結於非末端部分。然而,聚合性基團通常以鍵結於主鏈的末端部分為佳。 In the compound (p), the position of the aforementioned polymerizable group is not particularly limited. For example, in the compound (p) having a chain structure, the polymerizable group may be bonded to the terminal portion of the main chain, or may be bonded to the non-terminal portion. However, the polymerizable group is usually preferably bonded to the terminal part of the main chain.

化合物(p),以具有以羧基或羧基形成鹽的基團及聚合性基團之外,還具有酯鍵為佳,且以具有羧酸酯鍵(由式「-C(=O)-O-」表示的基團,或也稱為羰氧基)為較佳。藉由使用這樣的化合物(p),抑制半導體晶片從保護膜或保護膜形成用膜浮起之效果變得更加顯著。 The compound (p) preferably has an ester bond in addition to a carboxyl group or a carboxyl group forming a salt and a polymerizable group, and preferably has a carboxylate bond (from the formula "-C(=O)-O -" represents the group, or also known as carbonyloxy) is preferred. By using such a compound (p), the effect of suppressing the floating of a semiconductor wafer from a protective film or a film for protective film formation becomes more remarkable.

化合物(p)一分子中的前述酯鍵之數量,可以僅為1個,也可以是2個以上,以1~4個為佳,且以1~3個為較佳。 The number of the aforementioned ester bonds in one molecule of the compound (p) may be only 1, or may be 2 or more, preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3.

作為化合物(p)的較佳範例,例如,可列舉出脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯(亦即,脂肪族二羧酸的1個羧基的氫原子被(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基所取代之化合物);芳香族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯(亦即,芳香族二羧酸的1個羧基的氫原子被(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基所取代之化合物);前述脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯的羧基被上述羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物;以及前述芳香族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯的羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物等。As a preferable example of the compound (p), for example, aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester (that is, the hydrogen atom of one carboxyl group of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid is replaced by ( meth)acryloxyalkyl substituted compound); aromatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester (that is, the hydrogen atom of one carboxyl group of aromatic dicarboxylic acid is replaced by ( meth)acryloxyalkyl); a compound in which the carboxyl group of the aforementioned aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester is substituted by a salt-forming group of the aforementioned carboxyl group; and the aforementioned A compound in which the carboxyl group of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloyloxyalkyl ester is substituted by the above-mentioned group forming a salt with the carboxyl group, etc.

前述脂肪族二羧酸係具有2個羧基且這些羧基之外的部分為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之非芳香族的2價烴基之化合物。 前述烴基的碳原子數,以1~10為佳,以2~8為較佳,且以2~6為特佳,例如,也可以是2~5、及2~4的任一者。 前述烴基以亞烷基為佳。The said aliphatic dicarboxylic acid is a compound which has two carboxyl groups and the part other than these carboxyl groups is a linear, branched or cyclic non-aromatic divalent hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the aforementioned hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 2-8, and particularly preferably 2-6. For example, any of 2-5 and 2-4 may be used. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group.

前述芳香族二羧酸係意指具有2個羧基且這些羧基之外的部分為2價的芳香族烴基(也稱為亞芳基)之化合物。 前述芳香族烴基可以是單環及多環的任一者。 作為前述芳香族烴基,例如,可列舉出在Z1 中前述芳香基去除1個氫原子之2價基團(也稱為亞芳香基)。 前述芳香族烴基的碳原子數,以6~20為佳,以6~15為特佳,且以6~12為更佳。The said aromatic dicarboxylic acid means the compound which has two carboxyl groups and the part other than these carboxyl groups is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group (it is also called an arylene group). The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group include divalent groups (also referred to as arylene groups) in which one hydrogen atom is removed from the above-mentioned aromatic group in Z 1 . The number of carbon atoms in the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-20, particularly preferably 6-15, and more preferably 6-12.

在脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯、和其羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物中,鍵結於(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之烷基(換言之,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基中的亞烷基)可以是直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀的任一者,或者也可以是同時具有鏈狀結構和環狀結構,且以直鏈狀或支鏈狀為佳。In aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl esters and compounds in which the carboxyl group is replaced by the above-mentioned group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, the alkyl group bonded to the (meth)acryloxyl group The group (in other words, the alkylene group in the (meth)acryloxyalkyl group) may be linear, branched, or cyclic, or may have both a chain structure and a cyclic structure , and preferably linear or branched.

直鏈狀或支鏈狀的前述烷基之碳原子數並沒有特別限定,以1~10為佳,以2~8為較佳,且以2~6為特佳,例如,也可以是2~5、及2~4的任一者。 環狀的前述烷基之碳原子數並沒有特別限定,以3~10為佳,以4~8為較佳,且以5~6為特佳。The number of carbon atoms of the linear or branched alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and particularly preferably 2 to 6. For example, 2 to 6 may also be used. ~5, and any one of 2~4. The number of carbon atoms in the cyclic alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3-10, more preferably 4-8, and particularly preferably 5-6.

化合物(p),以具有鏈狀結構,且羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團皆為主鏈的末端部分,而主鏈的非末端部分以具有酯鍵為佳。The compound (p) has a chain structure, and the carboxyl group or the group forming a salt from the carboxyl group, and the polymerizable group are all terminal parts of the main chain, and the non-terminal part of the main chain preferably has an ester bond.

作為這種化合物(p)的較佳範例,例如,可列舉出脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯;及前述脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯的羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物。As preferable examples of such compound (p), for example, aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl esters; and the aforementioned aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl esters; A compound in which the carboxyl group of an alkyl alkyl ester is substituted by the above-mentioned group forming a salt with a carboxyl group.

作為化合物(p)的特佳範例,例如,可列舉出琥珀酸1-[2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基](也稱為琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)、CH2 =CH–C(=O)–O–CH2 CH2 –O–C(=O)–CH2 CH2 –C(=O)–OH);琥珀酸1-[2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙基](CH2 =C(–CH3)–C(=O)–O–CH2 CH2 –O–C(=O)–CH2 CH2 –C(=O)–OH);戊二酸1-[2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基](CH2 =CH–C(=O)–O–CH2 CH2 –O–C(=O)–CH2 CH2 CH2 –C(=O)–OH);琥珀酸1-[2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基]的羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物;琥珀酸1-[2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙基]的羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物;以及戊二酸1-[2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基]的羧基被上述以羧基形成鹽的基團所取代之化合物。As a particularly good example of the compound (p), for example, 1-[2-(acryloxy)ethyl] succinate (also known as succinic acid mono(2-acryloxyethyl), CH 2 =CH–C(=O)–O–CH 2 CH 2 –O–C(=O)–CH 2 CH 2 –C(=O)–OH); succinic acid 1-[2-(methylpropene Acyloxy)ethyl] (CH 2 =C(–CH3)–C(=O)–O–CH 2 CH 2 –O–C(=O)–CH 2 CH 2 –C(=O)–OH ); 1-[2-(acryloyloxy)ethyl] glutarate (CH 2 =CH–C(=O)–O–CH 2 CH 2 –O–C(=O)–CH 2 CH CH 2 –C(=O)–OH); succinic acid 1-[2-(acryloyloxy)ethyl] carboxyl group is replaced by the above-mentioned carboxyl salt-forming group; succinic acid 1-[2 - a compound in which the carboxyl group of (methacryloxy)ethyl] is replaced by the above-mentioned group forming a salt with a carboxyl group; and the carboxyl group of glutaric acid 1-[2-(acryloxy)ethyl] is replaced by the above-mentioned A compound substituted with a carboxyl group that forms a salt.

化合物(p)的分子量(絕對分子量)並沒有特別限定,以100~1000為佳,以100~700為較佳,以100~500為更佳,且以100~300為特佳。The molecular weight (absolute molecular weight) of the compound (p) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100-1000, more preferably 100-700, more preferably 100-500, and particularly preferably 100-300.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的化合物(p),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the compound (p) contained in the protective film-forming film may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, any Choose its combination and proportion.

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量,化合物(p)的含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成用膜中化合物(p)的含量,換言之,相對於保護膜形成用膜的總質量之化合物(p)的質量)以0.15質量%以上為佳,以0.2質量%以上為較佳,且以0.25質量%以上為特佳。藉由前述含量之比例為前述下限值以上,抑制半導體晶片從上述的保護膜或保護膜形成用膜浮起之效果變得更顯著。In the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the compound (p) to the total content of components other than the solvent (that is, the content of the compound (p) in the film for forming a protective film, in other words , the mass of the compound (p) relative to the total mass of the film for forming a protective film) is preferably at least 0.15% by mass, more preferably at least 0.2% by mass, and particularly preferably at least 0.25% by mass. When the ratio of the said content is more than the said lower limit, the effect of suppressing the floating of a semiconductor wafer from the said protective film or the film for protective film formation becomes more remarkable.

另一方面,前述含量之比例(保護膜形成用膜中化合物(p)的含量)的上限值並沒有特別限定。然而,從可避免由於化合物(p)的過量使用所造成的影響,結果使得保護膜的固化程度進一步提高且保護膜的性能進一步提升的觀點來看,前述含量之比例以3質量%以下為佳,以2質量%以下為較佳,且以1質量%以下為特佳。On the other hand, the upper limit value of the ratio of the said content (content of compound (p) in the film for protective film formation) is not specifically limited. However, from the viewpoint of avoiding the influence caused by the excessive use of the compound (p), as a result, the degree of curing of the protective film is further improved and the performance of the protective film is further improved, the ratio of the aforementioned content is preferably 3% by mass or less , preferably 2% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or less.

可以在將上述優選的下限值及上限值任意組合而設定的範圍內,適當地調整前述含量之比例(保護膜形成用膜中化合物(p)的含量)。例如,前述含量之比例以0.15~3質量%為佳,以0.2~2質量%為較佳,且以0.25~1質量%為特佳,然而這些僅是其中一範例。The ratio of the content (the content of the compound (p) in the protective film forming film) can be appropriately adjusted within the range set by arbitrarily combining the above-mentioned preferred lower limit and upper limit. For example, the proportion of the aforementioned content is preferably 0.15-3% by mass, more preferably 0.2-2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25-1% by mass, but these are just examples.

[能量射線固化性成分(a)] 能量射線固化性成分(a),係藉由能量射線的照射而固化的成分,也就是用於對保護膜形成用膜賦予成膜性、可撓性等的成分。 作為能量射線固化性成分(a),例如,可列舉出具有能量射線固化性基團且重量平均分子量為80000~2000000的聚合物(a1)、及具有能量射線固化性基團且絕對分子量或重量平均分子量為100~80000的化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分,可以已經藉由後續描述的交聯劑(f)進行交聯,或者也可以未交聯。 另外,在本說明書中,所謂重量平均分子量,除非特別說明,否則係藉由凝膠滲透色譜(gel-permeation–Chromatography,GPC)法所測量的標準聚苯乙烯當量值。[Energy ray curable component (a)] The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation of energy rays, that is, a component for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility, and the like to the film for forming a protective film. As the energy ray curable component (a), for example, a polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having an absolute molecular weight or weight A compound (a2) having an average molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. At least a part of the aforementioned polymer (a1) may already be cross-linked by a cross-linking agent (f) described later, or may not be cross-linked. In addition, in this specification, the so-called weight average molecular weight is a standard polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel-permeation-chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.

(具有能量射線固化性基團且重量平均分子量為80000~2000000的聚合物(a1)) 作為具有能量射線固化性基團且重量平均分子量為80000~2000000的聚合物(a1),例如,可列舉出具有可與其他化合物所具有的基團反應的官能基之丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)與具有可與前述官能基反應的基團和具有能量射線固化性雙鍵等的能量射線固化性基團之能量射線固化性化合物(a12)兩者進行聚合所得到的丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)。(Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000) Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound. Acrylic resin (a1-1 ).

作為可與其他化合物所具有的基團反應的前述官能基,例如,可列舉出羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基團所取代之基團)、環氧基等。然而,從防止半導體晶圓、半導體晶片等電路的腐蝕的觀點來看,前述官能基以羧基之外的基團為佳。 在上述之中,前述官能基以羥基為佳。Examples of the aforementioned functional groups that can react with groups possessed by other compounds include hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, and substituted amino groups (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms). Substituted group), epoxy group, etc. However, from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of circuits such as semiconductor wafers and semiconductor wafers, the aforementioned functional groups are preferably groups other than carboxyl groups. Among the above, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基的丙烯酸類聚合物(a11) 作為前述具有官能基的丙烯酸類聚合物(a11),例如可列舉出將具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體與不具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體共聚合所得到的聚合物,也可以是除了這些單體之外,還與丙烯酸類單體之外的單體(非丙烯酸類單體)共聚合所得到的聚合物。 再者,前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11),可以是隨機(random)共聚物,也可以是嵌段(block)共聚物。‧Acrylic polymer with functional groups (a11) Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group include polymers obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer not having the functional group, and may be A polymer obtained by copolymerizing with a monomer other than an acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer) in addition to these monomers. In addition, the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random (random) copolymer or a block (block) copolymer.

作為具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,例如,可列舉出含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of the acrylic monomer having the aforementioned functional groups include hydroxyl-containing monomers, carboxyl-containing monomers, amino-containing monomers, substituted amino-containing monomers, and epoxy-containing monomers. Wait.

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯及(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯;乙烯醇及丙烯醇等的非(甲基)丙烯酸類不飽和醇(不含(甲基)丙烯醯骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of the aforementioned hydroxyl-containing monomers include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl alcohol And non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols without a (meth)acryl skeleton) such as acrylic alcohol.

另外,在本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係意指包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者的概念。這同樣也應用於其他與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語。In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acryl" means the concept including both "acryl" and "methacryl". The same applies to other terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、及巴豆酸等的烯鍵式不飽和一元羧酸(具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵的一元羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、及檸康酸等的烯鍵式不飽和二元羧酸(亦即,具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵的二元羧酸);前述烯鍵式不飽和二羧酸的酸酐;甲基丙烯酸-2-羧乙酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羧烷基酯等。As the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomers, for example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (that is, dicarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds), such as aconic acid, maleic acid, and citraconic acid; Anhydrides; carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc.

具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,以含羥基之單體、或含羧基之單體為佳,且以含羥基之單體為較佳。The acrylic monomers having the aforementioned functional groups are preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers or carboxyl-containing monomers, and more preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers.

構成前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)之具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The acrylic monomers having the aforementioned functional groups constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. .

作為不具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸肉荳蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷酯及(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等的構成烷基酯的烷基且係碳原子數為1~18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of acrylic monomers having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate ester, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (also known as lauryl (meth)acrylate) , tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, decadecyl (meth)acrylate Hexadecyl (also known as palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, and octadecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

再者,作為不具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,例如,也可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯及(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等的含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;含有(甲基)丙烯酸苯基酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯的具有芳香族基團之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯及(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯等的具有非交聯性的三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, examples of acrylic monomers that do not have the aforementioned functional groups include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxy (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid esters containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as methoxymethyl esters and ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylates; aryl (meth)acrylates containing phenyl (meth)acrylates, etc. (Meth)acrylates with aromatic groups; non-crosslinkable (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and (methyl) ) Non-crosslinkable tertiary amino (meth)acrylates such as N,N-dimethylaminopropyl acrylate, etc.

構成前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)之不具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The acrylic monomers not having the aforementioned functional groups constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more types, combinations thereof and Proportion.

作為前述非丙烯酸類單體,例如可列舉出乙烯、及降莰烯等的烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 構成前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸類單體,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。Examples of the non-acrylic monomers include ethylene and olefins such as norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene. The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be used alone or in two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)中,相對於構成丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)的結構單元的總量,由具有前述官能基的丙烯酸類單體所衍生的結構單元的量之比例(含量),以0.1~50質量%為佳,以1~40質量%為較佳,且以3~30質量%為特佳。由於前述比例介於這樣的範圍內,因此在藉由前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)與前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12)的共聚合所得到的前述丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)中能量射線固化性基團的含量,變得可以容易地調整在保護膜具有較佳固化程度的範圍內。In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of structural units derived from the acrylic monomer having the aforementioned functional group to the total amount of structural units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) , preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass. Since the aforementioned ratio is within such a range, energy rays in the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of curable groups can be easily adjusted within the range where the protective film has a better degree of curing.

構成前述丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The above-mentioned acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the above-mentioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily .

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)的總質量,丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)的含量,以1~40質量%為佳,以2~30質量%為較佳,且以3~20質量%為特佳。In the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass based on the total mass of the protective film forming composition (IV-1). , preferably 2 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 20% by mass.

‧能量射線固化性化合物(a12) 前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),以具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成的群組中的1種或2種以上作為可以與前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)所具有的官能基反應之基團為佳,且以具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基團為較佳。前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),例如,在具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基團的情況下,此異氰酸酯基容易與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)的此羥基反應。‧Energy ray curable compound (a12) The energy ray-curable compound (a12) has one or more kinds selected from the group consisting of isocyanate group, epoxy group, and carboxyl group as the functional A group that reacts with a group is preferable, and it is more preferable to have an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group. For example, when the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.

前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),以在1分子中具有1~5個前述能量射線固化性基團為佳,且以具有1~3個為較佳。The aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 aforementioned energy ray curable groups in 1 molecule, and more preferably has 1 to 3 groups.

作為前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),例如,可列舉出2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、間異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基芐基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、烯丙基異氰酸酯、1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯; 將二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、與(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯反應所得到的丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物; 將二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、與多元醇化合物和(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯反應所得到的丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 在上述之中,前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),以2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯為佳。Examples of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacrylyl isocyanate , allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl) ethyl isocyanate; Acryl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Acryl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, polyol compound and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among the above, the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Proportion.

在前述丙烯酸類樹脂(a1-1)中,相對於由前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)所衍生的前述官能基的含量100莫耳%,由前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12)所衍生之能量射線固化性基團的含量,以20~120莫耳%為佳,以35~100莫耳為較佳,且以50~100莫耳%為特佳。由於前述含量的比例介於這樣的範圍內,因此藉由固化所形成的保護膜的黏合力變得更大。另外,在前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12)為單官能(在1分子中具有1個前述基團)化合物的情況下,前述含量的比例的上限值為100莫耳%,而在前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12)為多官能(在1分子中具有2個以上的前述基團)化合物的情況下,前述含量的比例的上限值會超過100莫耳%。In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the energy derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is The content of the radiation-curable group is preferably 20-120 mol%, more preferably 35-100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50-100 mol%. Since the ratio of the foregoing content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing becomes greater. In addition, when the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (having one aforementioned group in 1 molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the aforementioned content is 100 mole %, while the aforementioned energy When the radiation curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional (having two or more of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the above-mentioned content exceeds 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw),以100000~2000000為佳,且以300000~1500000為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

在前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分已藉由交聯劑(f)進行交聯的情況下,前述聚合物(a1),不屬於已說明之作為前述丙烯酸類聚合物(a11)的構成物之上述單體的任一者,而可以是具有可與交聯劑(f)反應的基團之單體經過聚合而在與交聯劑(f)反應的基團交聯之聚合物,或者也可以是由前述能量射線固化性化合物(a12)所衍生且在與前述官能基反應的基團交聯之聚合物。When at least a part of the polymer (a1) is cross-linked by the cross-linking agent (f), the polymer (a1) does not belong to the constituents of the acrylic polymer (a11) described above. Any of the above-mentioned monomers, but may be a polymer in which a monomer having a group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized and crosslinked at the group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f), or A polymer derived from the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) and cross-linked at a group reactive with the aforementioned functional group may also be used.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的前述聚合物(a1),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The above-mentioned polymer (a1) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, The combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

(具有能量射線固化性基團且分子量為100~80000的化合物(a2)) 作為具有能量射線固化性基團且分子量為100~80000的化合物(a2)中的前述能量射線固化性基團,可列舉出含有能量射線固化性雙鍵的基團,且可列舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等作為較佳的範例。(Compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000) Examples of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include groups containing an energy ray-curable double bond, and examples include (methyl ) acryl, vinyl, etc. as preferred examples.

前述化合物(a2),只要滿足上述條件且其分子量小於前述聚合物(a1)的分子量,並沒有特別限定,而可列舉出具有能量射線固化性基團的低分子量化合物、具有能量射線固化性基團的環氧樹脂、及具有能量射線固化性基團的酚醛樹脂等。The aforementioned compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the aforementioned conditions and its molecular weight is smaller than that of the aforementioned polymer (a1). Epoxy resins with groups, phenolic resins with energy ray curable groups, etc.

在前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量射線固化性基團的低分子量化合物,可列舉出多官能單體或低聚物等,且以具有(甲基)丙烯醯基的丙烯酸酯類化合物為佳。 作為前述丙烯酸酯類化合物,例如,可列舉出2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]芴、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(也稱為三環癸烷二羥甲基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三甘醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等的雙官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 參(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、ε-己內酯改性的參-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 胺甲酸乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), examples of low-molecular-weight compounds having energy-ray-curable groups include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and acrylate-based compounds having (meth)acryl groups better. Examples of the aforementioned acrylate compounds include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethylene Oxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di( Meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)acryl) oxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate (also known as tricyclodecane dimethylol di(meth)acrylate), 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate , 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene Diethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[ 4-((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and 2-hydroxy - Difunctional (meth)acrylates such as 1,3-di(meth)acryloxypropane; ginseng (2-(meth)acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified ginseng-(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate , Ethoxylated Glyceryl Tri(meth)acrylate, Neopentylthritol Tri(meth)acrylate, Trimethylolpropane Tri(meth)acrylate, Ditrimethylolpropane Tetra(meth)acrylate Acrylates, Ethoxylated Neopentylthritol Tetra(meth)acrylates, Neopentylthritol Tetra(meth)acrylates, Di-Neoerythritol Poly(meth)acrylates, and Di-Neopentylthritol Multifunctional (meth)acrylates such as hexa(meth)acrylates; Polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomers such as urethane (meth)acrylate oligomers, etc.

在前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量射線固化性基團的環氧樹脂、和具有能量射線固化性基團的酚醛樹脂,例如,可以使用「日本專利特開第2013-194102號公報」的第0043段等所記載的材料。這種樹脂,也對應於構成後續描述的熱固性成分(h)的樹脂,但在本發明中,其作為前述化合物(a2)來進行處理。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), as an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and a phenolic resin having an energy ray curable group, for example, "Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-194102" can be used. The materials described in paragraph 0043 et al. This resin also corresponds to the resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but in the present invention, it is handled as the aforementioned compound (a2).

前述化合物(a2)的絕對分子量或重量平均分子量,以100~30000為佳,且以300~10000為較佳。The absolute molecular weight or weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, and more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

保護膜形成用的化合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的前述化合物(a2),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The compound (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the aforementioned compound (a2) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

[不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)] 在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量射線固化性成分(a)的情況下,以還含有不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)為佳。 前述聚合物(b)的至少一部分,可以已經藉由後續描述的交聯劑(f)進行交聯,或者也可以未交聯。[Polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group] In the case where the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film contain the aforementioned compound (a2) as the aforementioned energy ray-curable component (a), a compound having no energy ray-curable group is further contained. Polymer (b) is preferred. At least a part of the aforementioned polymer (b) may already be cross-linked by a cross-linking agent (f) described later, or may not be cross-linked.

作為不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b),例如,可列舉出丙烯酸類聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺甲酸乙酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠類樹脂、丙烯酸胺甲酸乙酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇(PVA)、丁醛樹脂、聚酯型聚氨酯(polyester urethane)樹脂等。 上述之中,前述聚合物(b)以丙烯酸類聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)」)為佳。Examples of the polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber-based resins, and urethane acrylate resins. , polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resin, polyester urethane resin, etc. Among the above, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)可以是公知的,例如,可以是1種丙烯酸類單體之均聚物,或者也可以是2種以上的丙烯酸類單體之共聚物,又或者也可以是1種或2種以上的丙烯酸類單體與1種或2種以上的丙烯酸類單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸類單體)的共聚物。The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be known, for example, may be a homopolymer of one type of acrylic monomer, or may be a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic monomers, or may be A copolymer of one or more acrylic monomers and one or more monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

作為構成丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)的前述丙烯酸類單體,可列舉出例如,(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及含取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」如以上已說明的內容所述。Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing ( Meth)acrylates, hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates, and substituted amino-containing (meth)acrylates, etc. Here, the "substituted amino group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸肉荳蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等的構成烷基酯的烷基且係碳原子數為1~18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate, Undecyl (meth)acrylate, Lauryl (meth)acrylate (also known as lauryl (meth)acrylate), ( Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate (also known as myristyl (meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Hexadecyl (meth)acrylate Composition of ester (also known as palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, and octadecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group of the alkyl ester is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

作為前述具有環狀骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸酯二環戊烷基等的(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸芐酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基氧基烷基酯等。Examples of the (meth)acrylate having a cyclic skeleton include isobornyl (meth)acrylate and cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate. ester; Aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; Cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; Cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為前述含縮水甘油基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 作為前述含羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 作為前述含取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。As said glycidyl group containing (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate, Base) 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylate include N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為構成丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)的前述非丙烯酸類單體,例如,可列舉出乙烯、降莰烯等的烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;及苯乙烯等。Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑(f)交聯之前述不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b),例如,可列舉出前述聚合物(b)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑(f)反應後的聚合物。 前述反應性官能基,可以根據交聯劑(f)的種類適當選擇,並沒有特別限定。例如,在交聯劑(f)為多異氰酸酯化合物的情況下,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉出羥基、羧基、胺基等,其中,以與異氰酸酯基具有高反應性的羥基為佳。再者,在交聯劑(f)為環氧化合物的情況下,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉出羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,其中,以與環氧基具有高反應性的羧基為佳。然而,從防止半導體晶圓、半導體晶片等的電路腐蝕的觀點來看,前述反應性官能基以除了羧基以外的基團為佳。Examples of the aforementioned polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group that is at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) include reactive functional groups and crosslinking groups in the aforementioned polymer (b). The polymer after the reaction of the agent (f). The above-mentioned reactive functional group can be appropriately selected according to the type of crosslinking agent (f), and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and an amino group, among which a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferred. Furthermore, when the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional groups include carboxyl groups, amino groups, amido groups, and the like, among which those having high reactivity with epoxy groups Carboxyl is preferred. However, the aforementioned reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a semiconductor wafer, a circuit of a semiconductor wafer, or the like.

作為具有前述反應性官能基而不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b),例如,可列舉出藉由將至少具有前述反應性官能基的單體聚合而得到的聚合物。如果是在丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)的情況下,作為列舉出構成丙烯酸類聚合物(b-1)的單體之前述丙烯酸類單體及非丙烯酸類單體中的任一者或兩者,可以使用具有前述反應性官能基的單體。具有羥基作為反應性官能基的聚合物(b),例如,可列舉出藉由將含羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合而得到的聚合物。除此之外,也可列舉出將在以上舉例出之前述丙烯酸類單體或非丙烯酸類單體中1個或2個以上的氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代所形成的單體聚合而得到的聚合物。As a polymer (b) which has the said reactive functional group but does not have an energy-ray curable group, the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer which has the said reactive functional group at least is mentioned, for example. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), any one of the aforementioned acrylic monomers and non-acrylic monomers listed as monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) or Both, monomers having the aforementioned reactive functional groups can be used. Examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include polymers obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate. In addition, the above-mentioned acrylic monomers or non-acrylic monomers exemplified by polymerizing a monomer in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by the above-mentioned reactive functional groups obtained polymer.

在具有反應性官能基的聚合物(b)中,相對於構成聚合物(b)的結構單元的總量,由具有反應性官能基的單體所衍生的結構單元的量之比例(含量),以1~25質量%為佳,且以2~20質量%為較佳。藉由此比例介於這樣的範圍內,因此在前述聚合物(b)中的交聯程度可變成更佳的範圍。In the polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of structural units derived from monomers having a reactive functional group relative to the total amount of structural units constituting the polymer (b) , preferably 1 to 25% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 20% by mass. With this ratio being within such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the aforementioned polymer (b) can become a more preferable range.

從使得保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)的成膜性變得更良好的觀點來看,不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)以10000~2000000為佳,且以100000~1500000為較佳。From the viewpoint of making the film-forming properties of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) better, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group is 10000~ 2,000,000 is preferable, and 100,000 to 1,500,000 is more preferable.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中所含有的不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1),除了化合物(p)之外,可列舉出含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組合物。而且,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)含有前述化合物(a2)的情況下,以還含有不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)為佳,且在此情況下,也以還含有前述(a1)為佳。再者,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)也可以含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b),而不含有前述化合物(a2)。Examples of the protective film forming composition (IV-1) include compositions containing either or both of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the aforementioned compound (a2) in addition to the compound (p). Furthermore, when the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation contains the said compound (a2), it is preferable to further contain the polymer (b) which does not have an energy-ray curable group, and in this case, It is also preferable to further contain the aforementioned (a1). In addition, the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation may contain the said polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) which does not have an energy-ray curable group, and may not contain the said compound (a2).

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,前述化合物(a2)的含量以10~400質量份為佳,且以30~350質量份為較佳。When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the aforementioned polymer (a1), the aforementioned compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the protective film forming composition In the substance (IV-1), the content of the aforementioned compound (a2) is 10 to 400 mass parts relative to 100 mass parts of the total content of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group. Parts are preferable, and 30 to 350 parts by mass is more preferable.

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量,前述能量射線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的合計含量之比例(亦即,相對於保護膜形成用膜的總質量,保護膜形成用膜中前述能量射線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的合計含量),以5~90質量%為佳,以10~80質量%為較佳,且以15~70質量%為特佳,例如也可以是20~60質量%及25~50質量%的任一者。藉由前述合計含量之比例介於這樣的範圍內,保護膜形成用膜的能量射線固化性變得更良好。In the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent Content ratio (that is, the sum of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group in the protective film-forming film relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film content), preferably 5-90% by mass, more preferably 10-80% by mass, particularly preferably 15-70% by mass, for example, any of 20-60% by mass and 25-50% by mass one. When the ratio of the said total content exists in such a range, the energy-beam curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable.

在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)含有前述能量射線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,相對於能量射線固化性成分(a)的含量100質量份,前述聚合物(b)的含量以50~400質量份為佳,以100~350質量份為較佳,且以150~300質量份為特佳。藉由前述聚合物(b)的前述含量介於這樣的範圍內,保護膜形成用膜的能量射線固化性變得更良好。In the case where the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group, the protective film forming composition (IV-1) -1) and the film for forming a protective film, the content of the aforementioned polymer (b) is preferably 50 to 400 parts by mass, preferably 100 to 350 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray curable component (a). It is preferable, and it is especially preferable to use 150-300 mass parts. When the said content of the said polymer (b) exists in such a range, the energy-beam curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)也可以根據目的含有除了能量射線固化性成分(a)、不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)及化合物(p)以外的成分,其選自由光聚合起始劑(c)、填料(d)、偶合劑(coupling agent)(e)、交聯劑(f)、著色劑(g)、熱固性成分(h)、固化促進劑(i)及通用添加劑(z)所組成的群組中的1種或2種以上。 例如,藉由使用含有前述能量射線固化性成分(a)及熱固性成分(h)的保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1),使得所形成的保護膜形成用膜可藉由加熱提升對被黏著物的黏合力,而且也可以提升由此保護膜形成用膜所形成的保護膜的強度。The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may contain components other than the energy ray-curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and the compound (p) depending on the purpose. selected from photopolymerization initiator (c), filler (d), coupling agent (coupling agent) (e), crosslinking agent (f), colorant (g), thermosetting component (h), curing accelerator (i ) and general-purpose additives (z) in the group consisting of 1 or 2 or more. For example, by using the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the formed protective film-forming film can be improved by heating. The adhesive strength of the adhesive can also be improved, and the strength of the protective film formed by the protective film-forming film can also be improved.

[光聚合起始劑(c)] 作為光聚合起始劑(c),例如,可列舉出安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、及安息香二甲基縮酮等的安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、及2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等的苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、及2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等的醯基氧化膦化合物;芐基苯基硫化物、及四甲基秋蘭姆單硫化物等的硫化物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等的α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等的偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等的二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等的噻噸酮化合物;二苯甲酮、及2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-2-芐基-1-丁酮、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O–乙醯基肟)等的二苯甲酮化合物;過氧化物;二乙醯基等的二酮化合物;芐基;二芐基;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;及2-氯蒽醌等。 再者,作為光聚合起始劑(c),例如,可以使用1-氯蒽醌等的醌化合物;及胺等的光敏劑等。[Photopolymerization initiator (c)] As the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl acetal Benzoin compounds such as ketones; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane- Acetophenone compounds such as 1-keto; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as benzyl phenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide and other sulfides; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azobisiso Azo compounds such as butyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, and 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-mol Olinophenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone, ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]- , benzophenone compounds such as 1-(O-acetyloxime); peroxides; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone ; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl] acetone; and 2-chloroanthraquinone, etc. In addition, as a photoinitiator (c), for example, a quinone compound, such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; and a photosensitizer, such as an amine, etc. can be used.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)所含有的光聚合起始劑(c),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and in the case of using two or more kinds, any of them may be selected combination and proportion.

在使用光聚合起始劑(c)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於能量射線固化性化合物(a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(c)的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~15質量份為較佳,且以0.05~10質量份為特佳。In the case of using the photopolymerization initiator (c), in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the photopolymerization initiator ( The content of c) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 15 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass.

[填料(d)] 藉由保護膜形成用膜含有填料(d),使得將保護膜形成用膜固化所得到的保護膜,變得容易調整熱膨脹係數。而且,藉由將此熱膨脹係數針對預定形成保護膜的物體進行最佳化,可進一步提升使用保護膜形成用複合片所得到的封裝體的可靠度。再者,藉由保護膜形成用膜含有填料(d),能夠降低保護膜的吸濕率,並且也可以提高散熱性等。 作為填料(d),例如,可列舉出由導熱材料所構成的填料。[Filler (d)] When the film for protective film formation contains the filler (d), it becomes easy to adjust the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by hardening the film for protective film formation. Furthermore, by optimizing the coefficient of thermal expansion for the object on which the protective film is to be formed, the reliability of the package obtained using the protective film forming composite sheet can be further improved. Furthermore, when the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced, and heat dissipation property etc. can also be improved. As the filler (d), for example, a filler made of a heat-conducting material is exemplified.

填料(d)可以是有機填料及無機填料的任一者,而以無機填料為佳。 作為優選的無機填料,例如,可列舉出二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、氧化鐵紅、碳化矽、及氮化硼等的粉末;將上述無機填料球形化後的珠粒;上述無機填料的表面改性產品;上述無機填料的單晶纖維;及玻璃纖維等。 上述之中,無機填料以二氧化矽或氧化鋁為佳。The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, and an inorganic filler is preferable. Preferable inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, red iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheroidizing the above inorganic fillers grains; surface-modified products of the above-mentioned inorganic fillers; single-crystal fibers of the above-mentioned inorganic fillers; and glass fibers, etc. Among the above, silica or alumina is preferred as the inorganic filler.

填料(d)的平均粒徑並沒有特別限定,以0.01~20μm為佳,以0.1~15μm為較佳,且以0.3~10μm為特佳。藉由填料(d)的平均粒徑介於這樣的範圍內,能夠維持保護膜對預定形成保護膜的物體之黏合性,且同時能夠抑制保護膜的透光率的降低。 另外,在本說明書中,所謂「平均粒徑」,除非特別說明,否則係指藉由雷射繞射散射法所得到的粒度分佈曲線中在累積值為50%的粒徑(D50)值。The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01-20 μm, more preferably 0.1-15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3-10 μm. When the average particle size of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adhesiveness of the protective film to the object on which the protective film is to be formed can be maintained, and at the same time, the decrease in light transmittance of the protective film can be suppressed. In addition, in this specification, "average particle diameter" means the particle diameter (D50) value of 50% of cumulative values in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的填料(d),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The filler (d) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, any Choose its combination and proportion.

在使用填料(d)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的所有成分的總含量,填料(d)的含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成用膜中填料(d)的含量)以10~85質量%為佳,以20~80質量%為較佳,且以30~75質量%為特佳,例如也可以是40~70質量%及45~65質量%的任一者。藉由填料(d)的含量介於這樣的範圍內,使得上述熱膨脹係數的調整變得更容易。In the case of using the filler (d), in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the protective film forming The content of the filler (d) in the film) is preferably 10 to 85% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 75% by mass, for example, 40 to 70% by mass and Either of 45 to 65% by mass. When the content of the filler (d) is within such a range, the adjustment of the coefficient of thermal expansion becomes easier.

[偶合劑(e)] 藉由使用具有可以與無機化合物或有機化合物反應的官能基之材料作為偶合劑(e),能夠提升保護膜形成用膜對被黏著物的黏合性及附著性。再者,藉由使用偶合劑(e),使得將保護膜形成用膜固化所得到的保護膜可以提升耐水性而不會降低耐熱性。[Coupling agent (e)] By using a material having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (e), the adhesiveness and adhesion of the film for protective film formation to an adherend can be improved. Furthermore, by using the coupling agent (e), the water resistance of the protective film obtained by curing the film for forming a protective film can be improved without lowering the heat resistance.

偶合劑(e),以具有可以與能量射線固化性成分(a)、不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)等所含有的官能基反應的官能基之化合物為佳,且以矽烷偶合劑為較佳。 作為前述矽烷偶合劑的優選範例,例如,可列舉出3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基)四硫烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷及咪唑矽烷等。The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group contained in the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, etc., and is Silane coupling agent is preferred. As a preferred example of the aforementioned silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl Triethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyl Diethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-Mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, Bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfane, Methyltrimethoxysilane, Methyltriethoxysilane , Vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triacetoxysilane and imidazole silane, etc.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的偶合劑(e),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The coupling agent (e) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, it may be Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

在使用偶合劑(e)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,相對於能量射線固化性成分(a)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,偶合劑(e)的含量,以0.03~20質量份為佳,以0.05~10質量份為較佳,且以0.1~5質量份為特佳。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可以提升填料(d)在樹脂中的分散性並提升保護膜形成用膜對被黏著物的黏合性等,因此可以更顯著地得到使用偶合劑(e)所帶來的效果。再者,藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,因此進一步抑制了釋氣(outgas)的發生。In the case of using the coupling agent (e), in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film, relative to the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group The total content of the polymer (b) is 100 parts by mass, and the content of the coupling agent (e) is preferably 0.03-20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05-10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1-5 parts by mass . When the above-mentioned content of the coupling agent (e) is more than the above-mentioned lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin can be improved, and the adhesiveness of the film for forming a protective film to the adherend can be improved, so that the The effect brought about by using the coupling agent (e) is obtained. Furthermore, since the said content of a coupling agent (e) is below the said upper limit, the generation|occurrence|production of outgassing (outgas) is suppressed further.

[交聯劑(f)] 藉由使用交聯劑(f)使能量射線固化性成分(a)、不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)等進行交聯,能夠調整保護膜形成用膜的初始黏合力及凝聚力。[Crosslinking agent (f)] By crosslinking the energy ray-curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, etc., using the crosslinking agent (f), it is possible to adjust the initial adhesive force and the cohesion.

作為交聯劑(f),例如,可列舉出有機多價異氰酸酯化合物、有機多價亞胺化合物、金屬螯合類交聯劑(具有金屬螯合結構的交聯劑)、及氮丙啶型交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基的交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), and aziridine type Crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent having an aziridine group), etc.

作為前述有機多價異氰酸酯化合物,例如,可列舉出芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多價異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多價異氰酸酯化合物(以下,這些化合物可以統稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物;異氰脲酸酯及加合物;前述芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應所得到的末端異氰酸酯胺甲酸乙酯預聚物等。前述「加合物(adduct)」,係指芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物、脂環族多價異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多價異氰酸酯化合物與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等的含低分子活性氫化合物之反應產物。作為前述加合物的範例,可列舉出如後續描述的三羥甲基丙烷的亞二甲苯基二異氰酸酯加合物等。再者,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺甲乙酸酯預聚物」,係指具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵的同時在分子的末端具有異氰酸酯基之預聚物。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds include aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively referred to as "aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc." ); trimers of the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc.; isocyanurates and adducts; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc., with polyol compounds Wait. The aforementioned "adduct" refers to aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, or alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds with ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylol Reaction products of low-molecular-weight active hydrogen-containing compounds such as propane or castor oil. As an example of the aforementioned adduct, a xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later, etc. are mentioned. Furthermore, the term "isocyanate-terminated urethane prepolymer" refers to a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.

作為前述有機多價異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如,可列舉出2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;三羥甲基丙烷等的多元醇的全部或一部分的羥基中加合了甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及亞二甲苯基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上之化合物;及離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。As the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; Isocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-Methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; Hexamethylene diisocyanate; Isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; polyols such as trimethylolpropane added toluene di Any one or two or more compounds of isocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate; and lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多價亞胺化合物,例如,可列舉出N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、及N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸三聚氰胺等。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyvalent imine compounds include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β -Aziridinylpropionate, tetramethylolmethane-tris-β-aziridinylpropionate, and N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinylamide) Three extended melamine and so on.

在使用有機多價異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(f)的情況下,以使用含羥基的聚合物作為能量射線固化性成分(a)或不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)為佳。在交聯劑(f)具有異氰酸酯基且能量射線固化性成分(a)或不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)具有羥基的情況下,藉由交聯劑(f)與能量射線固化性成分(a)或不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)之間的反應,能夠容易地將交聯結構導入保護膜形成用膜中。In the case of using an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as the crosslinking agent (f), a hydroxyl-containing polymer is used as the energy ray-curable component (a) or a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is good. When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, by the crosslinking agent (f) and energy The reaction between the radiation-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy-beam-curable group can easily introduce a crosslinked structure into the film for forming a protective film.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的交聯劑(f),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The crosslinking agent (f) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when 2 or more types are used, The combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

在使用交聯劑(f)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於能量射線固化性化合物(a)及不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,交聯劑(f)的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.1~10質量份為較佳,且以0.5~5質量份為特佳。藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,因此可以更顯著地得到使用交聯劑(f)所帶來的效果。再者,藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可以抑制交聯劑(f)的過量使用。In the case of using the crosslinking agent (f), in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), relative to the energy ray curable compound (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group ) in a total content of 100 parts by mass, the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1-10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5-5 parts by mass. Since the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a crosslinking agent (f) can be acquired more notably. Furthermore, when the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit, excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) can be suppressed.

[著色劑(g)] 作為著色劑(g),例如,可列舉出無機類顏料、有機類顏料、及有機類染料等公知的著色劑。[Coloring agent (g)] Examples of the colorant (g) include known colorants such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.

作為前述有機類顏料及有機類染料,例如,可列舉出銨(Aminium)類色素、花青(Cyanine)類色素、花青素(Merocyanine)類色素、克酮酸菁(Croconium)類色素、方酸鎓(Squarylium)類色素、甘菊環鎓(Azulenium)類色素、聚甲炔(Polymethine)類色素、萘醌(Naphthoquinone)類色素、吡喃鎓(Pyrylium)類色素、酞菁(Phthalocyanine)類色素、萘酞菁(Naphthalocyanine)類色素、萘內醯胺(Naphtholactam)類色素、偶氮(Azo)顏料、縮合偶氮色素、靛藍(Indigo)類色素、紫環酮(Perinone)類色素、苝(Perylene)類色素、二噁嗪(Dioxazine)類色素、喹吖啶酮(Quinacridone)類色素、異吲哚啉酮(Isoindolinone)類色素、喹酞酮(Quinophthalone)類色素、吡咯(Pyrrole)類色素、硫靛藍(Thioindigo)類色素、金屬錯合物色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇(Dithiol)金屬錯合物色素、吲哚酚(Indole phenol)類色素、三烯丙基甲烷(Triallyl methane)類色素、蒽醌(Anthraquinone)類色素、萘酚(Naphthol)類色素、甲亞胺(Azomethine)類色素、苯並咪唑酮(Benzimidazolone)類色素、吡喃酮(Pyranthrone)類色素以及士林(Threne)類色素等。Examples of the aforementioned organic pigments and organic dyes include ammonium (Aminium) pigments, cyanine (Cyanine) pigments, merocyanine (Merocyanine) pigments, Croconium (Croconium) pigments, Squarylium pigments, Azulenium pigments, Polymethine pigments, Naphthoquinone pigments, Pyrylium pigments, Phthalocyanine pigments, Naphthalocyanine pigments, Naphthalactam pigments, Azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, Indigo pigments, Perinone pigments, Perylene pigments ) pigments, Dioxazine pigments, Quinacridone pigments, Isoindolinone pigments, Quinophthalone pigments, Pyrrole pigments, Thioindigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metal complex salt dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indole phenol pigments, triallyl methane ) pigments, Anthraquinone pigments, Naphthol pigments, Azomethine pigments, Benzimidazolone pigments, Pyranthrone pigments and Shilin (Threne) pigments, etc.

作為前述無機類顏料,例如,可列舉出炭黑(Carbon-black)、鈷類色素、鐵類色素、鉻類色素、鈦類色素、釩類色素、鋯類色素、鉬類色素、釕類色素、鉑類色素、ITO(氧化銦錫)色素、及ATO(氧化銻錫)色素等。Examples of the aforementioned inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, and ruthenium-based pigments. , platinum pigments, ITO (indium tin oxide) pigments, and ATO (antimony tin oxide) pigments, etc.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的著色劑(g),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The coloring agent (g) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when using 2 or more types, you may use Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

在使用著色劑(g)的情況下,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(g)的含量可以根據目的適當調整。例如,在藉由調整著色劑(g)的含量及調整保護膜的透光率來調整印刷可視性的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的所有成分的總含量,著色劑(g)的含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成用膜中著色劑(g)的含量)以0.1~10質量%為佳,以0.4~7.5質量%為較佳,且以0.8~5質量%為特佳。藉由著色劑(g)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可以更顯著地得到使用著色劑(g)所帶來的效果。再者,藉由著色劑(g)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可以抑制著色劑(g)的過量使用。When using a coloring agent (g), content of the coloring agent (g) in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film can be adjusted suitably according to the objective. For example, in the case of adjusting the printing visibility by adjusting the content of the colorant (g) and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), relative to all the solvents The ratio of the total content of the components to the content of the colorant (g) (that is, the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film forming film) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass , and preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass. When the said content of a coloring agent (g) is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a coloring agent (g) can be acquired more notably. Furthermore, when the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit, excessive use of a coloring agent (g) can be suppressed.

[熱固性成分(h)] 保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的熱固性成分(h),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Thermosetting composition (h)] The thermosetting component (h) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and in the case of using two or more kinds, it may be Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

作為熱固性成分(h),例如,可列舉出環氧類熱固性樹脂、熱固性聚醯亞胺、聚氨酯、不飽和聚酯、及矽氧樹脂等,且以環氧類熱固性樹脂為佳。Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferred.

(環氧類熱固性樹脂) 環氧類熱固性樹脂由環氧樹脂(h1)及熱固化劑(h2)所構成。 保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的環氧類熱固性樹脂,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。(epoxy thermosetting resin) Epoxy thermosetting resin is composed of epoxy resin (h1) and thermosetting agent (h2). The epoxy-based thermosetting resins contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, it may be Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

‧環氧樹脂(h1) 作為環氧樹脂(h1),可列舉出公知的環氧樹脂,例如多官能基類環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、及亞苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等的2官能以上的環氧化合物。‧Epoxy resin (h1) Examples of the epoxy resin (h1) include known epoxy resins such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydride, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, etc. Oxygen compounds.

作為環氧樹脂(h1),也可以使用具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂。與不具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂相比,具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂與丙烯酸類樹脂的互溶性更高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,可以提升使用保護膜形成用複合片所得到的封裝體的可靠度。An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used as the epoxy resin (h1). An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has higher miscibility with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin not having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, by using the epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation can be improved.

作為具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,例如,可以列舉出藉由將多官能基類環氧樹脂的環氧基的一部分轉化為具有不飽和烴基的基團所得到的化合物。這種化合物可以藉由例如(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物與環氧基的加成反應來得到。 再者,作為具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,例如,可列舉出具有不飽和烴基的基團與構成環氧樹脂的芳香環等直接鍵合之化合物。 不飽和烴基,係具有聚合性的不飽和基,作為其具體的範例,可列舉出乙烯基(ethenyl,也稱為vinyl)、2-丙烯基(2-propenyl,也稱為allyl)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、及(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,以丙烯醯基為佳。As an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by an addition reaction of (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof with an epoxy group. In addition, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group and the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are directly bonded is mentioned, for example. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group. As its specific example, vinyl (ethenyl, also known as vinyl), 2-propenyl (2-propenyl, also known as allyl), (formyl base) acryl group, and (meth)acrylamide group, etc., preferably acryl group.

環氧樹脂(h1)的數量平均分子量並沒有特別限定,從保護膜形成用膜的固化性、和保護膜的強度及耐熱性的觀點來看,以300~30000為佳,以400~10000為較佳,且以500~3000為特佳。 在本說明書中,除非特別說明,否則「數量平均分子量」係指以藉由凝膠滲透色譜(GPC)法所測量的標準聚苯乙烯換算的值所表示的數量平均分子量。 環氧樹脂(h1)的環氧當量,以100~1000g/eq為佳,且以150~800g/eq為較佳。 在本說明書中,「環氧當量」係指含有1克當量的環氧基之環氧化合物的克數(g/eq),且可以根據JIS K 7236:2001的方法測量。The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30,000, and preferably 400 to 10,000 from the viewpoint of the curability of the protective film forming film, and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film. Preferably, 500-3000 is particularly preferred. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the "number average molecular weight" means the number average molecular weight represented by a value in terms of standard polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100-1000 g/eq, more preferably 150-800 g/eq. In this specification, "epoxy equivalent" refers to the number of grams (g/eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JIS K 7236:2001.

環氧樹脂(h1)可以單獨使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。One type of epoxy resin (h1) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

‧熱固化劑(h2) 熱固化劑(h2)提供作為環氧樹脂(h1)的固化劑的功能。 作為熱固化劑(h2),例如,可列舉出1分子中具有2個以上可以與環氧基反應的官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如,可列舉出酚羥基、醇羥基、胺基、羧基、及酸基為酸酐之官能基等,其中以酚羥基、胺基、酸基為酸酐之官能基為佳,且以酚羥基或胺基為較佳。‧Heat curing agent (h2) The thermal curing agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1). As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. As the aforementioned functional groups, for example, phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, and acid groups are functional groups of acid anhydrides, etc., wherein the functional groups of phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and acid groups as acid anhydrides are preferred, and A phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group is preferred.

在熱固化劑(h2)中,作為具有酚羥基的酚類固化劑,例如,可列舉出多官能基酚醛樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚醛樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚醛樹脂、及芳烷基酚樹脂等。 在熱固化劑(h2)中,作為具有胺基的胺類固化劑,例如,可列舉出雙氰胺等。Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of phenolic curing agents having phenolic hydroxyl groups include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolak-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenolic resins, and aromatic resins. Alkylphenol resins, etc. Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the amine curing agent having an amine group include dicyandiamide and the like.

熱固化劑(h2)也可以具有不飽和烴基。 作為具有不飽和烴基的熱固化劑(h2),例如,可列舉出酚醛樹脂的羥基的一部分被具有不飽和烴基的基團取代之化合物、及具有不飽和烴基的基團直接鍵合到酚醛樹脂的芳香環上之化合物等。 熱固化劑(h2)中的前述不飽和烴基,相同於上述具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基。The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Examples of the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl groups of a phenolic resin is substituted by a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly bonded to the phenolic resin. Compounds on the aromatic ring, etc. The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

在使用酚類固化劑作為熱固化劑(h2)的情況下,從提升保護膜從支撐片剝離的剝離性的觀點來看,熱固化劑(h2)以具有高軟化點或高玻璃轉移溫度為佳。 在本說明書中,所謂「玻璃轉移溫度」係指藉由使用差示掃描量熱計,測量樣品的DSC曲線來測量,並以得到的DSC曲線的反曲點的溫度表示。In the case of using a phenolic curing agent as the thermal curing agent (h2), from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet, the thermal curing agent (h2) should have a high softening point or a high glass transition temperature. good. In this specification, the term "glass transition temperature" is measured by measuring the DSC curve of a sample using a differential scanning calorimeter, and is expressed as the temperature at the inflection point of the obtained DSC curve.

在熱固化劑(h2)中,例如,多官能基酚醛樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚醛樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚醛樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量,以300~30000為佳,以400~10000為較佳,且以500~3000為特佳。 熱固化劑(h2)中例如雙酚、雙氰胺等的非樹脂成分的分子量並沒有特別限定,例如以60~500為佳。In the thermosetting agent (h2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenolic resin, and aralkylphenol resin is 300 to 30,000. Preferably, 400-10000 is more preferable, and 500-3000 is especially preferable. The molecular weight of non-resin components such as bisphenol and dicyandiamide in the thermosetting agent (h2) is not particularly limited, and is preferably 60-500, for example.

熱固化劑(h2)可以單獨使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The thermosetting agent (h2) can be used individually by 1 type, or 2 or more types can also be used, and when using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

在使用熱固性成分(h)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,相對於環氧樹脂(h1)的含量100質量份,熱固化劑(h2)的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳。In the case of using a thermosetting component (h), in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film, the thermosetting agent (h2 ) content is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass.

在使用熱固性成分(h)的情況下,在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,相對於不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)的含量100質量份,熱固性成分(h)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(h1)及熱固化劑(h2)的總含量),以1~500質量份為佳。In the case of using a thermosetting component (h), in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film, the content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group is 100 Parts by mass, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (h1) and the thermosetting agent (h2)) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass.

[固化促進劑(i)] 固化促進劑(i)係用於調整保護膜形成用膜的固化速度的成分。 作為固化促進劑(i)的優選範例,例如,可列舉出三伸二胺、芐基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、及參(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚等的三級胺類;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、及2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥甲基咪唑等的咪唑類;三丁基膦、二苯基膦、及三苯基膦等的有機膦類;四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、及三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等的四苯基硼鹽等。[Curing Accelerator (i)] The curing accelerator (i) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the film for protective film formation. Preferred examples of the curing accelerator (i) include triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and ginseng (dimethylaminomethyl)phenol. Class amines; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4- Imidazoles such as methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine; tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate and triphenylphosphine Tetraphenylboron salts such as tetraphenylborate and the like.

固化促進劑(i)可以單獨使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。 在使用固化促進劑(i)的情況下,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中的固化促進劑(i)的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據一併使用的成分適當選擇。The curing accelerator (i) may be used alone or in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily. In the case of using the curing accelerator (i), the content of the curing accelerator (i) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and can be determined according to the content of the curing accelerator (i) used together. The ingredients are properly selected.

[通用添加劑(z)] 通用添加劑(z)可以是公知的添加劑,且可以根據目的任意選擇,並沒有特別限定,例如,可列舉出增塑劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸除(gettering)劑等作為較佳的範例。[General Additive (z)] The general-purpose additive (z) can be a known additive, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. For example, plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, and gettering agents can be listed as preferred ones. example.

保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有的通用添加劑(z),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。 在使用通用添加劑(z)的情況下,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中的通用添加劑(z)的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據目的適當選擇。The general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, it may be Any combination and proportion thereof can be selected arbitrarily. In the case of using the general-purpose additive (z), the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] 保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)以還含有溶劑為佳。含有溶劑的保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)具有良好的處理性。 前述溶劑並沒有特別限定,例如,可列舉出甲苯、二甲苯等的烴類;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、及1-丁醇等的醇類;乙酸乙酯等的酯類等;丙酮、及甲基乙基酮等的酮類;四氫呋喃等的醚類;二甲基甲醯胺、及N-甲基吡咯烷酮等的醯胺類(具有醯胺鍵的化合物)等作為較佳的範例。 保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)所含有的溶劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[solvent] The protective film forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handling properties. The aforementioned solvents are not particularly limited, and examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol Alcohols such as ethyl acetate; Esters such as ethyl acetate; Ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; Amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone Species (compounds having an amide bond) and the like are preferred examples. The solvent contained in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) may be used alone or in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

從保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中含有的成分可以更均勻地混合的觀點來看,保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)所含有的溶劑,以甲基乙基酮、甲苯、乙酸乙酯等為佳。From the viewpoint that the components contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly, the solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) is based on methyl ethyl ketone, toluene , ethyl acetate, etc. are preferred.

<<保護膜形成用組合物的製造方法>> 保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)等的保護膜形成用組合物,可以藉由調配用於構成保護膜形成用組合物的各成分而得到。 在調配各成分時的添加順序並沒有特別限定,也可以同時添加2種以上的成分。 在使用溶劑的情況下,可以藉由將溶劑與除了溶劑之外的任何一種調配成分混合並將此調配成分預先稀釋而進行使用,或者也可以藉由不將除了溶劑之外的任何一種調配成分預先稀釋而直接將溶劑與此調配成分混合而進行使用。 在調配時各成分的混合方法並沒有特別限定,可以從使攪拌器或攪拌葉片等旋轉而混合的方法、使用混合機進行混合的方法、施加超聲波進行混合的方法等公知的方法中適當選擇。 各成分的添加及混合時的溫度以及時間,只要不會造成各調配成分劣化即可,並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整,而溫度以15~30℃為佳。<<Manufacturing method of protective film forming composition>> A composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by preparing each component for constituting the composition for forming a protective film. The order of addition when preparing each component is not specifically limited, You may add 2 or more types of components at the same time. In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by mixing the solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent and diluting the formulation components in advance, or by not mixing any of the formulation components other than the solvent. It is used by mixing the solvent and this preparation component as it is diluted beforehand. The mixing method of the components is not particularly limited at the time of preparation, and can be appropriately selected from known methods such as mixing by rotating a stirrer or stirring blade, mixing by using a mixer, and mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as they do not cause deterioration of each compounded component, and can be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15-30°C.

◇保護膜形成用膜的製造方法 保護膜形成用膜,可以藉由在剝離膜(以其剝離處理表面為佳)上塗佈保護膜形成用組合物,並根據需求進行乾燥來製造。此時的製造方法如以上說明的內容所述。 另外,例如,如圖1所示,保護膜形成用膜通常以剝離膜貼合於其兩側表面的狀態儲存。因此,可以在如以上所述之形成於剝離膜上的保護膜形成用膜之露出表面(與具備有剝離膜之側為相反側的表面)上,進一步貼合剝離膜(以其剝離處理表面為佳)。◇Manufacturing method of protective film forming film The film for protective film formation can be manufactured by apply|coating the composition for protective film formation on a peeling film (preferably the peeling-treated surface), and drying as needed. The production method at this time is as described above. Moreover, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the film for protective film formation is stored normally with the peeling film bonded to the both surfaces. Therefore, on the exposed surface (the surface opposite to the side provided with the release film) of the protective film forming film formed on the release film as described above, a release film (with its release-treated surface) can be further bonded. preferably).

◇保護膜形成用膜的使用方法 如以上所述,藉由在支撐片上設置前述保護膜形成用膜,能夠構成保護膜形成用複合片。保護膜形成用複合片藉由其中的保護膜形成用膜而貼附於半導體晶圓的背表面(與電極形成表面為相反側的表面)。之後,從此狀態開始,可以藉由後續描述的製造方法製造目標的半導體晶片及半導體裝置。◇How to use the film for protective film formation As mentioned above, the composite sheet for protective film formation can be comprised by providing the said film for protective film formation on a support sheet. The composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the back surface (surface on the opposite side to the electrode formation surface) of a semiconductor wafer through the film for protective film formation among them. After that, starting from this state, the target semiconductor wafer and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.

另一方面,前述保護膜形成用膜也可以不設置於支撐片上,而是先設置於半導體晶圓的背表面。例如,首先,將保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背表面,並將支撐片貼合在此保護膜形成用膜的露出表面(與貼附於半導體晶圓之側為相反側的表面),或者藉由使用能量射線照射此貼附狀態的保護膜形成用膜並將其固化成保護膜之後,將支撐片貼合在此保護膜的露出表面(與貼附於半導體晶圓之側為相反側的表面),進而形成保護膜形成用複合片。之後,從此狀態開始,可以藉由後續描述的製造方法製造目標的半導體晶片及半導體裝置。On the other hand, the film for forming a protective film may not be provided on the support sheet, but may be provided on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer first. For example, first, a film for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and a support sheet is attached to the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film (the side opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer). surface), or by irradiating the film for forming a protective film in this attached state with energy rays and curing it into a protective film, and then attaching the supporting sheet to the exposed surface of the protective film (and the surface attached to the semiconductor wafer) The side is the surface on the opposite side), and then a composite sheet for forming a protective film is formed. After that, starting from this state, the target semiconductor wafer and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片,其具備支撐片,且在前述支撐片上具備前述保護膜形成用膜。◇Composite sheets for protective film formation The composite sheet for protective film formation according to one embodiment of the present invention includes a support sheet, and includes the film for protective film formation on the support sheet.

在本發明中,只要是即使在保護膜形成用膜固化後仍維持支撐片及保護膜形成用膜的固化物(換言之,支撐片及保護膜)之積層結構,則此積層結構即稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。In the present invention, as long as it is a laminated structure that maintains the cured product of the support sheet and the protective film forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) even after the protective film forming film is cured, the laminated structure is called "" Composite sheet for protective film formation".

作為本發明的保護膜形成用複合片的使用對象之半導體晶圓的厚度,並沒有特別限定,從容易分割為後續描述的半導體晶片的觀點來看,以30~1000μm為佳,且以100~400μm為較佳。 以下,將詳細說明保護膜形成用複合片的結構。The thickness of the semiconductor wafer to be used as the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 to 1000 μm, and 100 to 100 μm from the viewpoint of easy division into semiconductor wafers described later. 400 μm is preferred. Hereinafter, the structure of the composite sheet for protective film formation will be explained in detail.

◎支撐片 前述支撐片,可以由1層(單層)所構成,也可以由2層以上的複數層所構成。在支撐片由複數層所構成的情況下,此複數層可以彼此相同或者也可以彼此不同,此複數層的組合只要不損害本發明的效果,並沒有特別限定。◎Support piece The aforementioned support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of a plurality of layers of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.

作為優選的支撐片,例如,可列舉出具備基材且黏著劑層與前述基材直接接觸而積層於其上所得到的支撐片(使基材及黏著劑依此順序直接接觸而積層所得到的支撐片);使基材、中間層及黏著劑依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上直接接觸而積層所得到的支撐片;僅由基材所構成的支撐片等。 以下,參照圖式針對如以上所述之每種支撐片的種類說明本發明的保護膜形成用複合片的範例。As a preferable support sheet, for example, a support sheet provided with a base material and an adhesive layer layered on the base material in direct contact with the base material (the base material and the adhesive agent are laminated in direct contact in this order) support sheet); a support sheet obtained by directly contacting the substrate, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive in this order in the thickness direction of these film layers; a support sheet composed of only the substrate, etc. Hereinafter, an example of the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention will be described for each type of support sheet as described above with reference to the drawings.

圖2係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 另外,在圖2之後的圖式中,相同於已經說明的圖式中所示之組成元件係使用相同於已經說明的圖式中所示之標號,並省略其詳細說明。Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. In addition, in the drawings after FIG. 2 , the same constituent elements as those shown in the already described drawings are assigned the same reference numerals as those shown in the already described drawings, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A,具備基材11,在基材11上具備黏著劑層12,且在黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。支撐片10係基材11及黏著劑層12的積層體,換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1A具有在支撐片10的一側之表面(在本說明書中,稱為「第1表面」)10a上積層了保護膜形成用膜13的結構。再者,保護膜形成用複合片1A,在保護膜形成用膜13上還具備剝離膜15。The composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown here is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive agent layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the film 13 for protective film formation is provided on the adhesive agent layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12. In other words, the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film has a surface (referred to as "the first surface" in this specification) 10a on one side of the support sheet 10. The film 13 for protective film formation is laminated|stacked. In addition, 1 A of composite sheets for protective film formation are equipped with the peeling film 15 further on the film 13 for protective film formation.

在保護膜形成用複合片1A中,黏著劑層12積層於基材11的一側之表面(在本說明書中,有時稱為「第1表面」)11a上,保護膜形成用膜13積層於黏著劑層12的一側之表面(在本說明書中,有時稱為「第1表面」)12a的整個表面上,治具用黏著劑層16積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的一部分(亦即,邊緣部分附近的區域)上,且剝離膜15積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a之中無積層治具用黏著劑層16的表面和治具用黏著劑層16的表面16a(上表面和側表面)上。In the protective film forming composite sheet 1A, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "the first surface") 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 13 is laminated. On the entire surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "the first surface") 12a of one side of the adhesive layer 12, the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on the first surface of the film 13 for forming a protective film. On a part of the surface 13a (that is, the region near the edge), the release film 15 is laminated on the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 on the surface where the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is not laminated and the jig. on the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 .

在保護膜形成用複合片1A中,保護膜形成用膜13係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。In the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation, the film 13 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the said adhesive force and shear strength.

治具用黏著劑層16,例如可以是含有黏著劑成分的單層結構,或者也可以是含有黏著劑成分的膜層積層於為芯材的片材的兩個表面上所形成的複數層結構。The adhesive layer 16 for jigs may be, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or may be a multi-layer structure in which film layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. .

圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A,在去除剝離膜15的狀態下,將半導體晶圓(未繪示)的背表面貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a,而且治具用黏著劑層16的表面16a的上側貼附於環形框架(ring-frame)等的治具以供使用。In the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 , the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the first surface 13 a of the film 13 for forming a protective film with the release film 15 removed, and The upper side of the surface 16 a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring-frame for use.

圖3係根據本發明的另一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B,除了沒有具備治具用黏著劑層16之外,其他皆相同於圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A。亦即,在保護膜形成用複合片1B中,黏著劑層12積層於基材11的第1表面11a上,保護膜形成用膜13積層於黏著劑層12的第1表面12a的整個表面上,且剝離膜15積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的整個表面上。3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to another embodiment of the present invention. The composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except not having the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs. That is, in the protective film forming composite sheet 1B, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. , and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface of the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation.

在保護膜形成用複合片1B中,保護膜形成用膜13係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。In the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation, the film 13 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the said adhesive force and shear strength.

圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B,在去除剝離膜15的狀態下,將半導體晶圓(未繪示)的背表面貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的中央側的一部份的區域上,而且邊緣部分附近的區域貼附於環形框架等的治具以供使用。In the protective film forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 3 , the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the center of the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 in the state where the peeling film 15 is removed. Part of the area on the side, and the area near the edge portion is attached to a jig such as a ring frame for use.

圖4係根據本發明的其他實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C,除了沒有具備黏著劑層12之外,其他皆相同於圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A。亦即,在保護膜形成用複合片1C中,支撐片10僅由基材11所構成。而且,保護膜形成用膜13積層於基材11的第1表面11a(支撐片10的第1表面10a)上,治具用黏著劑層16積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的一部分(亦即,邊緣部分附近的區域)上,且剝離膜15積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a之中無積層治具用黏著劑層16的區域和治具用黏著劑層16的表面16a(上表面和側表面)上。4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to another embodiment of the present invention. 1 C of composite sheets for protective film formation shown here are the same as 1 A of composite sheets for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except not having the adhesive agent layer 12. That is, in 1 C of composite sheets for protective film formation, the support sheet 10 is comprised only from the base material 11. Furthermore, the film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11 (the first surface 10a of the support sheet 10 ), and the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on the first surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film. part (that is, the area near the edge), and the release film 15 is laminated on the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 in the area where the jig adhesive layer 16 and the jig adhesive are not laminated. On the surface 16a (upper surface and side surface) of the layer 16.

在保護膜形成用複合片1C中,保護膜形成用膜13係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。In 1 C of composite sheets for protective film formation, the film 13 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the said adhesive force and shear strength.

圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C,相同於圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A,在去除剝離膜15的狀態下,將半導體晶圓(未繪示)的背表面貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a,而且治具用黏著劑層16的表面16a的上側貼附於環形框架等的治具以供使用。The composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. It is attached to the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation, and the upper side of the surface 16a of the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs is attached to jigs, such as a ring frame, for use.

圖5係根據本發明的其他實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D,除了沒有具備治具用黏著劑層16之外,其他皆相同於圖4所示的保護膜形成用複合片1C。亦即,在保護膜形成用複合片1D中,保護膜形成用膜13積層於基材11的第1表面11a上,且剝離膜15積層於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的整個表面上。5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to another embodiment of the present invention. The composite sheet 1D for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 except not having the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs. That is, in the composite sheet 1D for protective film formation, the film 13 for protective film formation is laminated|stacked on the 1st surface 11a of the base material 11, and the peeling film 15 is laminated|stacked on the whole of the 1st surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation. On the surface.

在保護膜形成用複合片1D中,保護膜形成用膜13係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。In the composite sheet 1D for protective film formation, the film 13 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the said adhesive force and shear strength.

圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D,相同於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B,在去除剝離膜15的狀態下,將半導體晶圓(未繪示)的背表面貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a的中央側的一部分的區域上,而且邊緣部分附近的區域貼附於環形框架等的治具以供使用。The composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. It is attached to a part of the central region of the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 , and the region near the edge is attached to a jig such as a ring frame for use.

圖6係根據本發明的其他實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E,除了保護膜形成用膜的形狀不同之外,其他皆相同於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1E具備基材11,在基材11上具備黏著劑層12,在黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜23而成。支撐片10係基材11及黏著劑層12的積層體,換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1E具有在支撐片10的第1表面10a上積層了保護膜形成用膜23的結構。再者,保護膜形成用複合片1E還具備在保護膜形成用膜23上的剝離膜15。6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to another embodiment of the present invention. The composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 except the shape of the film for protective film formation being different. That is, the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive agent layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the film 23 for protective film formation is provided on the adhesive agent layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12 , in other words, the protective film forming composite sheet 1E has a structure in which the protective film forming film 23 is laminated on the first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10 . In addition, the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation is equipped with the peeling film 15 on the film 23 for protective film formation further.

在保護膜形成用複合片1E中,黏著劑層12積層於基材11的第1表面11a上,且保護膜形成用膜23積層於黏著劑層12的第1表面12a的一部分(亦即,中央側的區域)上。而且,剝離膜15積層於黏著劑層12的第1表面12a之中無積層保護膜形成用膜23的區域和保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a(上表面和側表面)上。In the protective film forming composite sheet 1E, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 23 is laminated on a part of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 (that is, area on the central side). And the peeling film 15 is laminated|stacked on the area|region which does not have the film 23 for laminated|stacked protective film formations among the 1st surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the film 23 for protective film formations.

當從上方俯視觀察平面圖中的保護膜形成用複合片1E時,保護膜形成用膜23的表面積小於黏著劑層12的表面積,且具有例如圓形的形狀。When the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation is seen planarly from above, the surface area of the film 23 for protective film formation is smaller than the surface area of the adhesive agent layer 12, and it has a circular shape, for example.

在保護膜形成用複合片1E中,保護膜形成用膜23係能量射線固化性,且滿足上述黏著力及剪切強度的條件。In the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation, the film 23 for protective film formation is energy-beam curable, and satisfies the conditions of the said adhesive force and shear strength.

圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E,在去除剝離膜15的狀態下,將半導體晶圓(未繪示)的背表面貼附於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a,而且黏著劑層12的第1表面12a之中無積層保護膜形成用膜23的區域貼附於環形框架等的治具以供使用。In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 6 , the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed, and the adhesive In the first surface 12a of the layer 12, the region where the film 23 for forming a laminated protective film is not present is attached to a jig such as a ring frame for use.

另外,圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E中,在黏著劑層12的第1表面12a之中無積層保護膜形成用膜23的區域,也可以積層相同於圖2及圖4所示之治具用黏著劑層(未繪示)。如以上所述之具備治具用黏著劑層的保護膜形成用複合片1E,相同於圖2及圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片,治具用黏著劑層的表面貼附於環形框架等的治具以供使用。In addition, in the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 6, in the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, the area where the film 23 for forming a protective film is not laminated may be laminated as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4. The adhesive layer (not shown) for the jig shown. The protective film forming composite sheet 1E having the jig adhesive layer as described above is the same as the protective film forming composite sheet shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 4, and the surface of the jig adhesive layer is attached to the annular Fixtures such as frames are available for use.

如以上所述,在保護膜形成用複合片中,支撐片及保護膜形成用膜可以具有任何一種形態,且也可以具備治具用黏著劑層。然而,如圖2及圖4所示,作為具備治具用黏著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片,通常以在保護膜形成用膜上具備治具用黏著劑層為佳。As mentioned above, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, the support sheet and the film for protective film formation may have any form, and may be equipped with the adhesive agent layer for jigs. However, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 , as a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with an adhesive layer for jigs, it is generally preferable to have an adhesive layer for jigs on the film for forming a protective film.

根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片,並不限定於圖2~圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片,而在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,也可以將圖2~圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分結構更改或刪除,或者也可以在目前為止所說明的結構上再添加其他結構。The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. Part of the structure of the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 may be changed or deleted, or other structures may be added to the structures described so far.

例如,在圖4及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,也可以在基材11與保護膜形成用膜13之間設置中間層。作為中間層,可以根據目的選擇任意一種。 再者,在圖2、圖3及圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,也可以在基材11與黏著劑層12之間設置中間層。亦即,在本發明的保護膜形成用複合片中,支撐片也可以是將基材、中間層及黏著劑層依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上積層所得到的支撐片。此處,所謂中間層,係相同於也可以設置在圖4及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中的中間層。 再者,在圖2~圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,也可以在任意位置設置前述中間層以外的膜層。 再者,在保護膜形成用複合片中,在剝離膜與直接接觸此剝離膜的膜層之間也可以形成一部分的間隙。 再者,在保護膜形成用複合片中,每層的尺寸、形狀等,可以根據目的任意調整。For example, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the film 13 for protective film formation. As the intermediate layer, any one can be selected according to the purpose. In addition, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, and FIG. 6, you may provide an intermediate|middle layer between the base material 11 and the adhesive agent layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be a support sheet obtained by laminating a substrate, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order in the thickness direction of these film layers. Here, the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that can also be provided in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 . In addition, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 2-6, the film layer other than the said intermediate|middle layer may be provided in arbitrary positions. In addition, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, some gaps may be formed between the peeling film and the film layer directly contacting this peeling film. In addition, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, the size, shape, etc. of each layer can be adjusted arbitrarily according to the purpose.

在本發明的保護膜形成用複合片中,如後續所述,黏著劑層等、與支撐片的保護膜形成用膜直接接觸的膜層,以非能量射線固化性為佳。這種保護膜形成用複合片,可以更容易地拾取(pick-up)附有保護膜的半導體晶片。In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, as will be described later, the film layers such as the adhesive layer and the like that are in direct contact with the film for forming a protective film of the support sheet are preferably non-energy ray curable. Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film can more easily pick up (pick-up) a semiconductor wafer with a protective film attached thereto.

支撐片可以是透明的,也可以是不透明的,或者也可以根據目的進行著色。 其中,在保護膜形成用膜具有能量射線固化性之本發明中,支撐片以允許能量射線透射為佳。The support sheet may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose. Among them, in the present invention in which the film for protective film formation has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the support sheet allows energy ray transmission.

例如,在支撐片中,對於波長為375nm的光的透光率以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以70%以上為特佳。藉由前述光的透光率介於這樣的範圍內,當隔著支撐片對保護膜形成用膜照射能量射線(紫外線)時,可以進一步提升保護膜形成用膜的固化程度。 另一方面,在支撐片中,對於波長為375nm的光的透光率的上限值並沒有特別限定。例如,前述光的透光率也可以是95%以下。For example, in the support sheet, the light transmittance for light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or higher, more preferably 50% or higher, and particularly preferably 70% or higher. When the light transmittance of the above-mentioned light is in such a range, when the film for protective film formation is irradiated with energy rays (ultraviolet rays) via a support sheet, the degree of hardening of the film for protective film formation can be further raised. On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the light transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance of the aforementioned light may be 95% or less.

再者,在支撐片中,對於波長為532nm的光的透光率,以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以70%以上為特佳。 藉由前述光的透光率介於這樣的範圍內,因此在隔著支撐片對保護膜形成用膜或保護膜照射雷射光以在這些膜上刻印時,能夠刻印得更清楚。 另一方面,在支撐片中,對於波長為532nm的光的透光率的上限值並沒有特別限定。例如,前述光的透光率也可以是95%以下。Furthermore, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, and particularly preferably at least 70%. Since the light transmittance of the above-mentioned light exists in such a range, when irradiating laser light to the film for protective film formation or a protective film via a support sheet, and marking on these films, marking can be made more clearly. On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the light transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance of the aforementioned light may be 95% or less.

再者,在支撐片中,對於波長為1064nm的光的透光率,以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以70%以上為特佳。藉由前述光的透光率介於這樣的範圍內,因此在隔著支撐片對保護膜形成用膜或保護膜照射雷射光以在這些膜上刻印時,能夠刻印得更清楚。 另一方面,在支撐片中,對於波長為1064nm的光的透光率的上限值並沒有特別限定。例如,前述光的透光率也可以是95%以下。Furthermore, in the support sheet, the light transmittance for light with a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, and particularly preferably at least 70%. Since the light transmittance of the above-mentioned light exists in such a range, when irradiating laser light to the film for protective film formation or a protective film via a support sheet, and marking on these films, marking can be made more clearly. On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the light transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance of the aforementioned light may be 95% or less.

再者,在支撐片中,對於波長為1342nm的光的透光率,以30%以上為佳,以50%以上為較佳,且以70%以上為特佳。藉由前述光的透光率介於這樣的範圍內,因此在隔著支撐片和保護膜形成用膜或保護膜對半導體晶圓照射雷射光時,能夠更容易地在半導體晶圓上形成改性層。 另一方面,在支撐片中,對於波長為1342nm的光的透光率的上限值並沒有特別限定。例如,前述光的透光率也可以是95%以下。 接著,將更詳細地描述構成支撐片的每一層。Furthermore, in the support sheet, the light transmittance for light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, and particularly preferably at least 70%. Since the light transmittance of the aforementioned light is within such a range, when the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light through the supporting sheet and the film for forming a protective film or the protective film, it is possible to more easily form a modification on the semiconductor wafer. sex layer. On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the light transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance of the aforementioned light may be 95% or less. Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.

○基材 前述基材為片狀或薄膜狀,作為其構成材料,例如,可列舉出各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂,例如,可列舉出低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、線性低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)、及高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)等的聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、及降莰烯樹脂等的聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、及乙烯-降莰烯共聚物等的乙烯類共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所得到的共聚物);聚氯乙烯、及氯乙烯共聚物等的氯乙烯類樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體得到的樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚2,6-萘二甲酸乙二醇酯、及所有結構單元為具有芳香族環狀基團之全芳香族聚酯等的聚酯;2種以上的前述聚酯的共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚氨酯;聚氨酯丙烯酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改性聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;及聚醚酮等。 再者,作為前述樹脂,例如,也可列舉出前述聚酯與其他樹脂的混合物等的聚合物摻合物(polymer-alloy)。前述聚酯與其他樹脂的混合物等的聚合物摻合物,以聚酯以外的樹脂的量相對較少為佳。 再者,作為前述樹脂,例如,可列舉出將以上所列出的前述樹脂的1種或2種以上進行交聯所得到的交聯樹脂;使用了以上所列出的前述樹脂的1種或2種以上之離子聚合物(ionomer)等的改性樹脂。○ Substrate The aforementioned base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and various resins are exemplified as its constituent material. Examples of the above-mentioned resin include polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene , polymethylpentene, and polyolefins other than polyethylene such as norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer, and ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained by using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride-based resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer) resins); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate , polyethylene 2,6-naphthalate, and polyesters in which all structural units are wholly aromatic polyesters with aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly( Meth)acrylates; polyurethanes; polyurethane acrylates; polyimides; polyamides; polycarbonates; fluororesins; polyacetals; modified polyphenylene ethers; polyphenylene sulfides; Wait. In addition, as said resin, the polymer alloy (polymer-alloy) of the mixture of the said polyester and another resin etc. is mentioned, for example. In the aforementioned polymer blend such as a mixture of polyester and other resins, it is preferable that the amount of resin other than polyester is relatively small. Furthermore, as the above-mentioned resin, for example, a cross-linked resin obtained by cross-linking one or two or more of the aforementioned resins listed above; using one or more of the aforementioned resins listed above Modified resins such as two or more ionomers.

構成基材的樹脂,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The resin constituting the base material may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

基材可以由1層(單層)所構成,或者也可以由2層以上的複數層所構成,在由複數層構成的情況下,這些複數層可以彼此相同或者也可以彼此不同,這些複數層的組合並沒有特別限定。The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers, and in the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and these multiple layers The combination of is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度以50~300μm為佳,且以60~100μm為較佳。藉由基材的厚度介於這樣的範圍內,可以進一步提升前述保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性和對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的貼附性。 此處,所謂「基材的厚度」係指整個基材的厚度,例如,由複數層所構成的基材的厚度係指構成基材的所有層的合計厚度。The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50-300 μm, more preferably 60-100 μm. When the thickness of the base material is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer can be further improved. Here, the "thickness of the substrate" refers to the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of a substrate composed of a plurality of layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate.

基材以厚度具有高精度為佳,亦即,以可抑制任何部分的厚度變異為佳。在上述的構成材料之中,作為可用於形成這種具有高精度的厚度之基材的材料,例如,可列舉出聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。It is preferable that the thickness of the base material has high accuracy, that is, it is preferable that the thickness variation in any part can be suppressed. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to form such a base material having a high-precision thickness include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc.

除了前述樹脂等的主要構成材料之外,基材也可以還含有填料、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、催化劑、軟化劑(增塑劑)等公知的各種添加劑。In addition to the above-mentioned main constituent materials such as resins, the substrate may contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers).

基材的光學特性,以滿足以上說明的支撐片的光學特性為佳。例如,基材可以是透明的,也可以是不透明的,或者也可以根據目的著色,又或者也可以沉積其他層。 而且,在保護膜形成用膜具有能量射線固化性之本發明中,基材以允許能量射線透射為佳。It is preferable that the optical properties of the substrate satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. For example, the substrate can be transparent or opaque, or it can also be colored according to the purpose, or other layers can also be deposited. Furthermore, in the present invention in which the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the substrate allows energy ray transmission.

為了提高基材對設置於基材上的黏著劑層等的其他層之間的附著性,也可以對基材的表面施加藉由噴砂(sand blast)處理、溶劑處理等所進行的粗糙化處理、電暈(corona)放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧‧紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、及熱風處理等的氧化處理等。 再者,基材也可以是對表面施加了底漆(primer)處理的基材。 再者,基材也可以具有防靜電塗層;在將保護膜形成用複合片堆疊以儲存時用於防止基材黏到其他片材或基材黏到吸附台之膜層等。In order to improve the adhesion between the base material and other layers such as an adhesive layer provided on the base material, roughening treatment by sand blasting (sand blast) treatment, solvent treatment, etc., may be applied to the surface of the base material. , Corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone‧ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and oxidation treatment such as hot air treatment, etc. In addition, the base material may be a base material treated with a primer (primer) on the surface. Furthermore, the base material may also have an antistatic coating; it is used to prevent the base material from sticking to other sheets or the base material to the film layer of the adsorption table when the protective film forming composite sheets are stacked for storage.

可以藉由公知的方法製造基材。例如,可以藉由將含有前述樹脂的樹脂組合物模塑成型,進而製造出含有樹脂的基材。The substrate can be produced by a known method. For example, the resin-containing substrate can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或薄膜狀,並含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如,可列舉出丙烯酸類樹脂、胺甲酸乙酯類樹脂、橡膠類樹脂、矽氧類樹脂、環氧類樹脂、聚乙烯醚、及聚碳酸酯、酯類樹脂等的黏著性樹脂,且以丙烯酸類樹脂為佳。○Adhesive layer The aforementioned adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or film and contains an adhesive. Examples of the aforementioned adhesive include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonate, ester resins, etc. Resins, preferably acrylic resins.

另外,在本發明中,所謂「黏著性樹脂」係包含具有黏著性的樹脂和具有黏合性的樹脂兩者的概念,例如不僅包含本身具有黏著性之樹脂,還包含藉由一併使用添加劑等的其他成分而表現出黏著性之樹脂、由於存在熱或水等的觸發(trigger)而表現出黏合性之樹脂等。In addition, in the present invention, the term "adhesive resin" is a concept that includes both adhesive resins and adhesive resins. A resin that exhibits adhesiveness due to other ingredients, a resin that exhibits adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water, etc.

黏著劑層可以由1層(單層)所構成,或者也可以由2層以上的複數層所構成,在由複數層構成的情況下,這些複數層可以彼此相同或者也可以彼此不同,這些複數層的組合並沒有特別限定。The adhesive layer may consist of one layer (single layer), or may consist of plural layers of two or more layers, and in the case of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same as or different from each other. The combination of layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層的厚度以1~100μm為佳,以1~60μm為較佳,且以1~30μm為特佳。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」係指整個黏著劑層的厚度,例如,由複數層所構成的黏著劑層的厚度係指構成黏著劑層的所有層的合計厚度。The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 1-60 μm, and particularly preferably 1-30 μm. Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" refers to the thickness of the entire adhesive layer, for example, the thickness of the adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers refers to the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層的光學特性,以滿足以上說明的支撐片的光學特性為佳。黏著劑層可以是透明的,也可以是不透明的,或者也可以根據目的進行著色。 而且,在保護膜形成用膜具有能量射線固化性之本發明中,黏著劑層以允許能量射線可透射為佳。It is preferable that the optical properties of the adhesive layer satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. The adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose. Furthermore, in the present invention in which the film for protective film formation has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is permeable to energy ray.

黏著劑層可以使用能量射線固化性黏著劑而形成,或者也可以使用非能量射線固化性黏著劑而形成。使用能量射線固化性黏著劑所形成的黏著劑層,可以容易地調整在固化之前及固化之後的物性。The adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable adhesive. An adhesive layer formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive can easily adjust physical properties before and after curing.

<<黏著劑組合物>> 可以使用含有黏著劑的黏著劑組合物來形成黏著劑層。例如,藉由在預定形成黏著劑層的表面上塗佈黏著劑組合物,並根據需求進行乾燥,以在目標位置上形成黏著劑層。更具體的黏著劑層的形成方法,將於後續與其他層的形成方法同時詳細說明。在黏著劑組合物中,在常溫下未蒸發的成分的含量之比例,通常相同於黏著劑層的前述成分的含量之比例。<<Adhesive composition>> The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, the adhesive layer is formed on the target position by applying the adhesive composition on the surface where the adhesive layer is to be formed, and drying it as necessary. The more specific method for forming the adhesive layer will be described in detail later together with the methods for forming other layers. In the adhesive composition, the content ratio of the components that do not evaporate at normal temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer.

黏著劑組合物的塗佈,可以藉由公知的方法進行,例如可列舉出使用氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥式刀塗機、淋幕式塗佈機、模塗機、刀塗機、網版塗佈機、麥勒棒塗機、及吻合式塗佈機等各種塗佈機的方法。The application of the adhesive composition can be performed by a known method, for example, use of an air knife coater, a knife coater, a rod coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll coater, etc. Type knife coater, shower curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Mailer rod coater, and kiss coater and other coating machine methods.

黏著劑組合物的乾燥條件,並沒有特別限定,但在黏著劑組合物含有後續描述的溶劑的情況下,以對其進行加熱乾燥為佳。以對含有溶劑的黏著劑組合物在70~130℃下及10秒~5分鐘的條件下進行乾燥為佳。The drying conditions of the adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry it. It is preferable to dry the solvent-containing adhesive composition at 70-130° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

在黏著劑層具有能量射線固化性的情況下,作為含有能量射線固化性黏著劑的黏著劑組合物,亦即,作為能量射線固化性黏著劑組合物,例如,可列舉出含有非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)和能量射線固化性化合物之黏著劑組合物(I-1);含有在非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入不飽和基之能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)以下有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組合物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)和能量射線固化性化合物之黏著劑組合物(I-3)等。In the case where the adhesive layer has energy ray curability, as an adhesive composition containing an energy ray curable adhesive, that is, as an energy ray curable adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray curable Adhesive composition (I-1) consisting of an adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an energy ray-curable compound; Adhesives for energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which unsaturated groups are introduced into side chains of permanent adhesive resin (I-1a) Composition (I-2); Adhesive composition (I-3) containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound, and the like.

<黏著劑組合物(I-1)> 如以上所述,前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)含有非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)和能量射線固化性化合物。<Adhesive composition (I-1)> As mentioned above, the said adhesive composition (I-1) contains the non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray curable compound.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)以丙烯酸類樹脂為佳。 作為前述丙烯酸類樹脂,例如,可列舉出至少具有由(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元之丙烯酸類聚合物。 前述丙烯酸類樹脂所具有的結構單元,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin. As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate at least is mentioned, for example. The structural unit of the said acrylic resin may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如,可列舉出構成烷基酯的烷基的碳原子數為1~20的(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,且以前述烷基為直鏈或支鏈為佳。 作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更具體而言,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三級丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯(也稱為((甲基)丙烯酸肉荳蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯(也稱為(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷酯等。As the above-mentioned alkyl (meth)acrylate, for example, an alkyl (meth)acrylate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester can be mentioned, and the above-mentioned alkyl group is a straight chain or Branched chains are preferred. Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include, more specifically, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, secondary butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-(meth)acrylate Nonyl, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (also known as lauryl (meth)acrylate ), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Cetyl acrylate (also known as palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (also known as stearyl (meth)acrylate) , nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

從提高黏著劑層的黏著力的觀點來看,前述丙烯酸類聚合物,以具有由前述烷基的碳原子數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元為佳。而且,從進一步提高黏著劑層的黏著力的觀點來看,前述烷基的碳原子數以4~12為佳,且以4~8為較佳。再者,前述烷基的碳原子數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,以甲基丙烯酸烷基酯為佳。From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive force of the adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesive force of the adhesive layer, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 4-12, and more preferably 4-8. Furthermore, the alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl methacrylate.

前述丙烯酸類聚合物,除了由(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元之外,以還具有由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元為佳。 作為前述含官能基之單體,例如,可列舉出藉由前述官能基與後續描述的交聯劑反應作為交聯的起點、藉由前述官能基與後續描述的含有不飽和基之化合物中的不飽和基反應等,進而可以在丙烯酸類聚合物的側鏈導入不飽和基之單體。The aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. As the aforementioned functional group-containing monomer, for example, the reaction of the aforementioned functional group with the later-described crosslinking agent as the starting point of crosslinking, the reaction of the aforementioned functional group with the later-described unsaturated group-containing compound A monomer that can introduce unsaturated groups into the side chains of acrylic polymers by reacting with unsaturated groups, etc.

作為含官能基之單體中的前述官能基,例如,可列舉出羥基、羧基、胺基、及環氧基等。 亦即,作為含官能基之單體,例如,可列舉出含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、及含環氧基之單體等。As said functional group in a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxyl group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯;及乙烯醇及丙烯醇等的非(甲基)丙烯酸類不飽和醇(不含(甲基)丙烯醯骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of the aforementioned hydroxyl-containing monomers include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; and vinyl Non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols without a (meth)acryl skeleton) such as alcohol and acrylic alcohol.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、及巴豆酸等的烯鍵式(ethyleny)不飽和一元羧酸(具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵的一元羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、及檸康酸等的烯鍵式不飽和二元羧酸(具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵的二元羧酸);前述烯鍵式不飽和二羧酸的酸酐;甲基丙烯酸-2-羧乙酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸羧烷基酯等。Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomers include (meth)acrylic acid, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid, and crotonic acid; Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds), such as acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, and citraconic acid; of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids Anhydrides; carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc.

含官能基之單體,以含羥基之單體、及含羧基之單體為佳,且以含羥基之單體為較佳。The functional group-containing monomers are preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers and carboxyl-containing monomers, and more preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers.

構成前述丙烯酸類聚合物的含官能基之單體,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used, and when two or more are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述丙烯酸類聚合物中,相對於結構單元的總量,由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元的含量,以1~35質量%為佳,以2~32質量%為較佳,且以3~30質量%為特佳。In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the content of structural units derived from functional group-containing monomers relative to the total amount of structural units is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 2 to 32% by mass, Moreover, 3-30 mass % is especially preferable.

除了由(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元以及由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元之外,前述丙烯酸類聚合物也可以還具有其他單體所衍生的結構單元。 前述其他單體,只要可以與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行共聚合即可,並沒有特別限定。 作為其他單體,例如,可列舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、及丙烯醯胺等。In addition to the structural units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylates and the structural units derived from functional group-containing monomers, the aforementioned acrylic polymer may further have structural units derived from other monomers. The aforementioned other monomers are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like. Examples of other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, and acrylamide.

構成前述丙烯酸類聚合物的前述其他單體,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The aforementioned other monomers constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be used alone, or may be used in combination of two or more, and when using two or more, combinations and ratios thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

前述丙烯酸類聚合物,能夠作為上述非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)使用。 另一方面,將前述丙烯酸類聚合物中的官能基、與具有能量射線聚合性不飽和基(能量射線聚合性基)的含不飽和基之化合物進行反應而得到的產物,能夠作為上述能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)使用。The aforementioned acrylic polymer can be used as the aforementioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a). On the other hand, a product obtained by reacting a functional group in the aforementioned acrylic polymer with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray polymerizable group) can be used as the aforementioned energy ray polymer. Curable adhesive resin (I-2a) is used.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, any combination thereof may be selected and Proportion.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量,以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,且以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total content of components other than the solvent. Better, and especially preferably 15-90% by mass.

[能量射線固化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的前述能量射線固化性化合物,可列舉出具有能量射線聚合性不飽和基且藉由能量射線的照射可固化之單體或低聚物(oligomer)。 在能量射線固化性化合物中,作為單體,例如三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯,新戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的多價(甲基)丙烯酸酯;胺甲酸乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;及環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 在能量射線固化性化合物中,作為低聚物,例如,可列舉出將上述列出之單體聚合而得到的低聚物等。 從分子量相對較大且黏著劑層的儲能模數幾乎不會降低的觀點來看,能量射線固化性化合物以胺甲酸乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、及胺甲酸乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯的低聚物為佳。[Energy ray curable compound] Examples of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers (oligomers) that have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and are curable by energy ray irradiation. . In energy ray curable compounds, as monomers, for example, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol tetra(meth)acrylate, di Polyvalent (meth)acrylic acid such as neopentylitol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate esters; urethane (meth)acrylates; polyester (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates; and epoxy (meth)acrylates, etc. Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include oligomers obtained by polymerizing the monomers listed above, and the like. From the point of view that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage modulus of the adhesive layer hardly decreases, the energy ray-curable compound is urethane (meth)acrylate, and urethane (meth)acrylate Oligomers of esters are preferred.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的前述能量射線固化性化合物,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The aforementioned energy ray-curable compounds contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,相對於前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)中溶劑以外的成分的總含量,前述能量射線固化性化合物的含量,以1~95質量%為佳,以5~90質量%為較佳,且以10~85質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 1 to 95% by mass relative to the total content of components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1). Preferably, 5-90 mass % is more preferable, and 10-85 mass % is especially preferable.

[交聯劑] 在除了由(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元之外還使用具有由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元的前述丙烯酸類聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的情況下,黏著劑組合物(I-1)以還含有交聯劑為佳。[Crosslinking agent] In the case of using the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate as the adhesive resin (I-1a) In this case, the adhesive composition (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑,例如是可以與前述官能基反應以使得黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此交聯的交聯劑。 作為交聯劑,例如,可列舉出甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、亞二甲苯二異氰酸酯、及上述二異氰酸酯之加合物等的異氰酸酯類交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基的交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等的環氧類交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基的交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮雜環丙烷基]三磷雜三嗪等的氮丙啶類交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基的交聯劑);鋁螯合物等的金屬螯合物類交聯劑(具有金屬螯合結構的交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯類交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架的交聯劑)等。 從提高黏著劑的凝聚力以提升黏著劑層的黏著力以及易於得到等的觀點來看,交聯劑以異氰酸酯類交聯劑為佳。The aforementioned crosslinking agent is, for example, a crosslinking agent capable of reacting with the aforementioned functional group to crosslink the adhesive resins (I-1a) to each other. Examples of the crosslinking agent include isocyanate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having isocyanate groups) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and adducts of the above-mentioned diisocyanates. ); Epoxy cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (cross-linking agents with glycidyl groups); Hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridyl]triphosphatriazine, etc. Aziridine crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent with aziridine group); metal chelate crosslinking agent such as aluminum chelate (crosslinking agent with metal chelate structure); isocyanuric acid Ester crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent with isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc. From the standpoint of improving the cohesive force of the adhesive to increase the adhesive force of the adhesive layer and being easy to obtain, the crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate crosslinking agent.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的交聯劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量,以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,且以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a). It is preferable, and it is especially preferable to use 0.3-15 mass parts.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-1)也可以進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑的黏著劑組合物(I-1),即使是使用紫外線等相對低能量的能量射線照射,也可以充分地進行固化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently perform a curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如,可列舉出安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、及安息香二甲基縮酮等的安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、及2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等的苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、及2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等的醯基氧化膦化合物;芐基苯基硫化物及四甲基秋蘭姆單硫化物等的硫化物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等的α-酮醇化合物;偶氮二異丁腈等的偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等的二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等的噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物;二乙醯基等的二酮化合物;芐基;二芐基;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;及2-氯蒽醌等。 再者,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如,可以使用1-氯蒽醌等的醌化合物;胺等的光敏劑等。Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal. Benzoin compounds; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1- Acetophenone compounds such as ketones; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide Acyl phosphine oxide compounds; sulfides such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azobisisobutyronitrile, etc. azo compounds; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxides; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; benzophenone ; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; and 2 - Chloranthraquinone etc. In addition, as said photoinitiator, the quinone compound, such as 1-chloroanthraquinone, the photosensitizer, such as an amine, etc. can be used, for example.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的光聚合起始劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,相對於前述能量射線固化性化合物的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,且以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, and preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray-curable compound. Preferable, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] 在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,黏著劑組合物(I-1)也可以含有不對應於上述任何一種成分的其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,例如,可列舉出抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(增塑劑)、填料(filler)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、敏化劑、增黏劑、反應抑制劑、及交聯促進劑(催化劑)等公知的添加劑。 另外,作為反應抑制劑,例如,可以抑制儲存中的黏著劑組合物(I-1)由於混合於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的催化劑的作用而進行非預期的交聯反應。作為反應抑制劑,例如,可列舉出藉由與催化劑螯合所形成的螯合配合物之反應抑制劑,更具體而言,可列舉出在1分子中具有2個以上的羰基(–C(=O)–)之反應抑制劑。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, tackifiers, Known additives such as reaction inhibitors and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts). In addition, as a reaction inhibitor, for example, an unexpected crosslinking reaction of the adhesive composition (I-1) in storage due to the action of the catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1) can be suppressed. As a reaction inhibitor, for example, a reaction inhibitor of a chelate complex formed by chelating with a catalyst, and more specifically, a reaction inhibitor having two or more carbonyl groups (—C( =O)–) reaction inhibitor.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的其他添加劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據其類型適當選擇。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-1)也可以含有溶劑。由於黏著劑組合物(I-1)含有溶劑,因此可提升對於待塗覆的表面之塗佈性。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-1) may also contain a solvent. Since the adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the coatability to the surface to be coated can be improved.

前述溶劑以有機溶劑為佳,作為前述有機溶劑,例如,可列舉出甲基乙基酮、及丙酮等的酮類;乙酸乙酯等的酯類(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、及二噁烷等的醚類;環己烷、及正己烷等的脂肪族烴類;甲苯、二甲苯等的芳香族烴類;1-丙醇、及2-丙醇等的醇類等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylates) such as ethyl acetate; tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

作為前述溶劑,例如,可以不將在製備黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所使用的溶劑從黏著性樹脂(I-1a)去除並將其直接用於黏著劑組合物(I-1),或者也可以在製備黏著劑組合物(I-1)時另外添加與在製備黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所使用的相同或不同的溶劑。As the aforementioned solvent, for example, the solvent used when preparing the adhesive resin (I-1a) may not be removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a) and directly used in the adhesive composition (I-1), Alternatively, when preparing the adhesive composition (I-1), the same or different solvent as that used for the preparation of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的溶劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-1)中,溶劑的含量並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整。In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組合物(I-2)> 如以上所述,前述黏著劑組合物(I-2)含有在非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入不飽和基之能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。<Adhesive composition (I-2)> As described above, the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) contains the energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I- 2a).

[黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如,可以藉由使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基與具有能量射線聚合性不飽和基的含不飽和基之化合物反應而得到。[Adhesive resin (I-2a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.

前述含不飽和基之化合物,除了前述能量射線聚合性不飽和基之外,還與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應,因此前述含不飽和基之化合物係具有可以與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基團的化合物。 作為前述能量射線聚合性不飽和基,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(ethenyl,也稱為vinyl)、及烯丙基(allyl,也稱為2-丙烯基(2-propenyl))等,以(甲基)丙烯醯基為佳。 作為可以與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結的基團,例如,可列舉出可以與羥基或胺基鍵結的異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及可以與羥基或環氧基鍵結的羥基及胺基等。The aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound reacts with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group, so the aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound has the ability to be compatible with the adhesive The compound of the group to which the resin (I-1a) is bonded. As the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group, for example, (meth)acryl, vinyl (ethenyl, also called vinyl), and allyl (allyl, also called 2-propenyl (2 -propenyl)), etc., preferably (meth)acryl. As the group that can be bonded to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a), for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and an isocyanate group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an epoxy group Bonded hydroxyl and amine groups, etc.

作為前述含不飽和基的化合物,例如,可列舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、及縮水甘油基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth)acrylate.

黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-2a),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, any combination thereof may be selected and Proportion.

在黏著劑組合物(I-2)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量,以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,且以10~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of components other than the solvent. Good, and 10-90% by mass is especially good.

[交聯劑] 在使用例如相同於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中具有由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元的前述丙烯酸類聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的情況下,黏著劑組合物(I-2)以還含有交聯劑為佳。[Crosslinking agent] In the case of using, for example, the same adhesive resin (I-1a) as the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer as the adhesive resin (I-2a), the adhesive composition (I-2) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組合物(I-2)中的前述交聯劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的交聯劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的交聯劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量,以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,且以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferable, and it is especially preferable to use 0.3-15 mass parts.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-2)也可以進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑的黏著劑組合物(I-2),即使是使用紫外線等相對低能量的能量射線照射,也可以充分地進行固化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently perform a curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為黏著劑組合物(I-2)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的光聚合起始劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiators as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.

在黏著劑組合物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,且以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). 1 part is preferred, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferred.

[其他添加劑] 在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,黏著劑組合物(I-2)也可以含有不對應於上述任何一種成分的其他添加劑。 作為黏著劑組合物(I-2)中的其他添加劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的其他添加劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的其他添加劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same ones as those in the adhesive composition (I-1). As for other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-2), only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-2)中,其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據其類型適當選擇。In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 為了與黏著劑組合物(I-1)相同的目的,黏著劑組合物(I-2)也可以含有溶劑。 作為黏著劑組合物(I-2)中的前述溶劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的溶劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-2)所含有的溶劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。 在黏著劑組合物(I-2)中,溶劑的含量並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily. In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組合物(I-3)> 如以上所述,黏著劑組合物(I-3)含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)和能量射線固化性化合物。<Adhesive composition (I-3)> As described above, the adhesive composition (I-3) contains the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量,以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,且以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of components other than the solvent. Better, and especially preferably 15-90% by mass.

[能量射線固化性化合物] 作為黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的前述能量射線固化性化合物,可列舉出具有能量射線聚合性不飽和基且藉由能量射線的照射可固化之單體及低聚物,且可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)所含有的能量射線固化性化合物。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的前述能量射線固化性化合物,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Energy ray curable compound] Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers that have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and are curable by irradiation with energy rays, and can be The same energy ray-curable compounds contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) are listed. The aforementioned energy ray-curable compounds contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,前述能量射線固化性化合物的含量,以0.01~300質量份為佳,以0.03~200質量份為較佳,且以0.05~100質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound is preferably 0.01 to 300 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 300 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). 200 mass parts is preferable, and 0.05-100 mass parts is especially preferable.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組合物(I-3)也可以進一步含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑的黏著劑組合物(I-3),即使是使用紫外線等相對低能量的能量射線照射,也可以充分地進行固化反應。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently perform a curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為黏著劑組合物(I-3)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的光聚合起始劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiators as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used only by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types, and when using 2 or more types, the combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量射線固化性化合物的總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量,以0.01~20質量份為佳,以0.03~10質量份為較佳,且以0.05~5質量份為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound. More preferably, it is preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] 在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,黏著劑組合物(I-3)也可以含有不對應於上述任何一種成分的其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的其他添加劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的其他添加劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same ones as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used only by 1 type, or 2 or more types may be used, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-3)中,其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據其類型適當選擇。In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 為了與黏著劑組合物(I-1)相同的目的,黏著劑組合物(I-3)也可以含有溶劑。 作為黏著劑組合物(I-3)中的前述溶劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的溶劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-3)所含有的溶劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。 在黏著劑組合物(I-3)中,溶劑的含量並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily. In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)以外的黏著劑組合物> 目前為止,主要對於黏著劑組合物(I-1)、黏著劑組合物(I-2)及黏著劑組合物(I-3)進行了說明,而已說明的這些黏著劑組合物的含有成分,同樣能夠使用在這3種黏著劑組合物之外的一般的黏著劑組合物(在本說明書中稱為「黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)之外的黏著劑組合物」)。<Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)> So far, the adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2) and adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described, and the components contained in these adhesive compositions have been described, It is also possible to use general adhesive compositions other than these three adhesive compositions (referred to as "adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)" in this specification. ").

作為黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)之外的黏著劑組合物,除了能量射線固化性的黏著劑組合物之外,還可列舉出非能量射線固化性的黏著劑組合物。 作為非能量射線固化性的黏著劑組合物,例如,可列舉出丙烯酸類樹脂、胺甲酸乙酯類樹脂、橡膠類樹脂、矽氧類樹脂、環氧類樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯類樹脂等的含有非能量射線固化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組合物(I-4),且以含有丙烯酸類樹脂為佳。Adhesive compositions other than the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray curable adhesive compositions in addition to energy ray curable adhesive compositions. thing. Examples of non-energy ray-curable adhesive compositions include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, The adhesive composition (I-4) containing a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) such as an ester resin preferably contains an acrylic resin.

黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)之外的黏著劑組合物,以含有1種或2種以上的交聯劑為佳,且交聯劑的含量可以相同於上述的黏著劑組合物(I-1)等的情況。Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contain one or more cross-linking agents, and the content of the cross-linking agent can be the same as that of the above-mentioned adhesives. In the case of agent composition (I-1) and the like.

<黏著劑組合物(I-4)> 作為黏著劑組合物(I-4)的優選範例,例如,可列舉出含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)和交聯劑的黏著劑組合物。<Adhesive composition (I-4)> As a preferable example of an adhesive composition (I-4), the adhesive composition containing the said adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent is mentioned, for example.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 作為黏著劑組合物(I-4)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Adhesive resin (I-1a)] Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same adhesive resin (I-1a) as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be used only by one type, or two or more types may be used, and when two or more types are used, any combination thereof may be selected and Proportion.

在黏著劑組合物(I-4)中,相對於溶劑以外的成分的總質量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量,以5~99質量%為佳,以10~95質量%為較佳,且以15~90質量%為特佳。In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of components other than the solvent. Better, and especially preferably 15-90% by mass.

[交聯劑] 在除了由(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯所衍生的結構單元之外還使用具有由含官能基之單體所衍生的結構單元的前述丙烯酸類聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的情況下,黏著劑組合物(I-4)以還含有交聯劑為佳。[Crosslinking agent] In the case of using the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate as the adhesive resin (I-1a) In this case, the adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組合物(I-4)中的前述交聯劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的交聯劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的交聯劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be used alone, or may be used in two or more kinds, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

在前述黏著劑組合物(I-4)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量,以0.01~50質量份為佳,以0.1~20質量份為較佳,且以0.3~15質量份為特佳。In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a). It is preferable, and it is especially preferable to use 0.3-15 mass parts.

[其他添加劑] 在不損害本發明的效果的範圍內,黏著劑組合物(I-4)也可以含有不對應於上述任何一種成分的其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的其他添加劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的其他添加劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。[Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not correspond to any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same ones as in the adhesive composition (I-1). The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be used only by 1 type, or 2 or more types may be used, and when 2 or more types are used, the combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

在黏著劑組合物(I-4)中,其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,可以根據其類型適當選擇。In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the type.

[溶劑] 為了與黏著劑組合物(I-1)相同的目的,黏著劑組合物(I-4)也可以含有溶劑。 作為黏著劑組合物(I-4)中的前述溶劑,可列舉出相同於黏著劑組合物(I-1)中的溶劑。 黏著劑組合物(I-4)所含有的溶劑,可以僅使用1種,或者也可以使用2種以上,在使用2種以上的情況下,可以任意選擇其組合及比例。 在黏著劑組合物(I-4)中,溶劑的含量並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整。[solvent] The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the adhesive composition (I-1). Examples of the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the adhesive composition (I-1). The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used, and when two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily. In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted.

在前述保護膜形成用複合片中,黏著劑層以非能量射線固化性為佳。這是因為如果黏著劑層具有能量射線固化性,則在藉由能量射線的照射使保護膜形成用膜固化時,無法抑制黏著劑層也同時地固化。如果黏著劑層與保護膜形成用膜同時固化,則固化後的保護膜形成用膜及黏著劑層可能會在彼此間的界面處以無法剝離的程度互相貼附。在這種情況下,在背表面具備了固化後的保護膜形成用膜(亦即,保護膜)的半導體晶片(附有保護膜的半導體晶片),變得難以從具備固化後的黏著劑層之支撐片剝離,進而變得無法正常地拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片。藉由將在前述支撐片中的黏著劑層設為非能量射線固化性,可以確實地避免這種問題,進而能夠更容易地拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片。In the above composite sheet for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because if the adhesive layer has energy ray curability, when the film for protective film formation is hardened by the irradiation of an energy ray, it cannot suppress that an adhesive layer also hardens|cures simultaneously. When the adhesive layer and the film for protective film formation are hardened simultaneously, the film for protective film formation after hardening, and an adhesive layer may adhere mutually at the interface between them so that they cannot be peeled off. In this case, the semiconductor wafer (semiconductor wafer with a protective film) provided with a cured protective film-forming film (that is, protective film) on the back surface becomes difficult to change from the cured adhesive layer The support sheet peels off, and then it becomes impossible to pick up the semiconductor wafer with the protective film normally. By making the adhesive layer in the support sheet non-energy ray curable, such a problem can be reliably avoided, and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film can be picked up more easily.

此處,已經對黏著劑層為非能量射線固化性的情況下的效果進行了說明,而即使與支撐片的保護膜形成用膜直接接觸的膜層為除了黏著劑層之外的膜層,只要此膜層為非能量射線固化性,則可以發揮相同的效果。Here, the effect in the case where the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable has been described, but even if the film layer directly in contact with the protective film forming film of the support sheet is a film layer other than the adhesive layer, The same effect can be exhibited as long as this film layer is non-energy ray curable.

<<黏著劑組合物的製造方法>> 可以藉由調配前述黏著劑、與根據需求所添加的前述黏著劑之外的成分等用於構成黏著劑組合物的各成分,以得到黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)、黏著劑組合物(I-4)等的黏著劑組合物(I-1)~(I-3)之外的黏著劑組合物等。 在調配各成分時的添加順序並沒有特別限定,也可以同時添加2種以上的成分。 在使用溶劑的情況下,可以藉由將溶劑與除了溶劑之外的任何一種調配成分混合並將此調配成分預先稀釋而進行使用,或者也可以藉由不將除了溶劑之外的任何一種調配成分預先稀釋而直接將溶劑與此調配成分混合而進行使用。 在調配時各成分的混合方法並沒有特別限定,可以從使攪拌器或攪拌葉片等旋轉而混合的方法、使用混合機進行混合的方法、使用超聲波進行混合的方法等公知的方法中適當選擇。 各成分的添加及混合時的溫度以及時間,只要不會造成各調配成分劣化即可,並沒有特別限定,且可以適當調整,而溫度以15~30℃為佳。<<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>> Adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) can be obtained by preparing the above-mentioned adhesive and, if necessary, components other than the above-mentioned adhesive, etc., which are used to constitute the adhesive composition. Adhesive compositions other than the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the , adhesive composition (I-4), and the like. The order of addition when preparing each component is not specifically limited, You may add 2 or more types of components at the same time. In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by mixing the solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent and diluting the formulation components in advance, or by not mixing any of the formulation components other than the solvent. It is used by mixing the solvent and this preparation component as it is diluted beforehand. The mixing method of each component is not particularly limited at the time of preparation, and can be appropriately selected from known methods such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and a method of mixing using ultrasonic waves. The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as they do not cause deterioration of each compounded component, and can be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15-30°C.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 可以藉由將上述的各層積層為對應的位置關係,以製造出前述保護膜形成用複合片。各層的形成方法如以上說明的內容所述。 例如,在製造支撐片時,在基材上積層黏著劑層的情況下,可以將上述黏著劑組合物塗覆於基材上並根據需求進行乾燥。◇Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation The aforementioned composite sheet for protective film formation can be produced by laminating each of the above-mentioned layers in a corresponding positional relationship. The method of forming each layer is as described above. For example, in the case of laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate when producing a support sheet, the above-mentioned adhesive composition can be applied to the substrate and dried if necessary.

另一方面,例如,在已經積層於基材上之黏著劑層上進一步積層保護膜形成用膜的情況下,可以將保護膜形成用組合物塗覆於黏著劑層上,進而直接形成保護膜形成用膜。除了保護膜形成用膜之外的膜層,可以使用用於形成此膜層的組合物,以相同的方法將此膜層積層於黏著劑層上。如以上所述,在使用任何一種組合物來形成連續2層的積層結構的情況下,可以在由前述組合物所形成的膜層上,進一步塗覆組合物以形成新的一層。 然而,以這2層之中較晚積層的膜層使用前述組合物預先形成於其他的剝離膜上,並將此已形成的膜層中與接觸前述剝離膜之側為相反側的露出表面與事先早已形成的另一膜層的露出表面互相貼合,進而形成連續2層的積層結構為佳。此時,前述組合物,以塗覆於剝離膜的剝離處理表面上為佳。在形成積層結構之後,可以根據需求去除剝離膜。On the other hand, for example, when a film for forming a protective film is further laminated on an adhesive layer already laminated on a substrate, the composition for forming a protective film can be applied on the adhesive layer to form a protective film directly. Form a film. The film layer other than the film for protective film formation can be laminated|stacked on the adhesive layer by the same method using the composition for forming this film layer. As described above, when using any one of the compositions to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure, the composition may be further coated on the film layer formed from the aforementioned composition to form a new layer. However, the film layer laminated later among these two layers is formed in advance on the other release film using the aforementioned composition, and the exposed surface of the formed film layer on the side opposite to the side contacting the aforementioned release film and the It is preferable that the exposed surfaces of another film layer that has been formed in advance are attached to each other to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure. In this case, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. After forming the laminated structure, the release film can be removed as required.

例如,在製造藉由黏著劑層積層於基材上且保護膜形成用膜積層於前述黏著劑層上所形成之保護膜形成用複合片(支撐片係基材及黏著劑層的積層物之保護膜形成用複合片)的情況下,藉由在基材上塗覆黏著劑組合物並根據需求進行乾燥,進而先將黏著劑層積層於基材上,然後另外在剝離膜上塗覆保護膜形成用組合物並根據需求進行乾燥,進而先將保護膜形成用膜形成於剝離膜上。接著,將保護膜形成用膜的露出表面與基材上已經積層的黏著劑層的露出表面互相貼合,以將保護膜形成用膜積層於黏著劑層上,進而得到保護膜形成用複合片。For example, in the production of a composite sheet for forming a protective film formed by laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate and laminating a film for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the substrate and the adhesive layer) In the case of a composite sheet for forming a protective film), the adhesive composition is applied to the base material and dried as required, and the adhesive layer is laminated on the base material first, and then a protective film is additionally coated on the release film. The composition is used and dried as necessary, and the film for protective film formation is formed on the peeling film first. Next, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film and the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate are attached to each other, so that the film for forming a protective film is laminated on the adhesive layer, and a composite sheet for forming a protective film is obtained. .

另外,在將黏著劑層積層於基材上的情況下,取代如以上所述之在基材上塗覆黏著劑組合物的方法,也可以在剝離膜上塗覆黏著劑組合物並根據需求進行乾燥,進而先將黏著劑層形成於剝離膜上,然後將此層的的露出表面與基材一側的表面互相貼合,以將黏著劑層積層於基材上。 在任一種方法中,可以在形成目標的積層結構之後的任意時刻將剝離膜去除。In addition, in the case of laminating the adhesive layer on the substrate, instead of applying the adhesive composition on the substrate as described above, the adhesive composition may be applied on the release film and dried as required. , and then firstly form the adhesive layer on the release film, and then attach the exposed surface of this layer to the surface of the substrate side to laminate the adhesive layer on the substrate. In either method, the release film can be removed at any time after forming the desired laminated structure.

如以上所述,由於能夠藉由將除了構成保護膜形成用複合片的基材之外的任何一層預先形成於剝離膜上並與目標層的表面互相貼合的方式進行積層,因此根據需求適當選擇可採用這種方法的膜層,可以製造出保護膜形成用複合片。As described above, since any layer other than the base material constituting the protective film forming composite sheet can be formed in advance on the release film and bonded to the surface of the target layer, it can be laminated according to needs. By selecting a film layer that can be used in this way, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be manufactured.

另外,通常在剝離膜貼合於與保護膜形成用複合片的支撐片為相反側的最外層(例如,保護膜形成用膜)的表面上的狀態下,將保護膜形成用複合片儲存。因此,也可以藉由在此剝離膜(以剝離膜的剝離處理表面為佳)上,塗覆用於形成構成保護膜形成用組合物等的最外層之組合物,並根據需求進行乾燥,進而先將構成最外層的膜層形成於剝離膜上,然後在與接觸此層的剝離膜之側為相反側的露出表面上,以上述的任一種方法積層其他的各層,並維持沒有去除剝離膜而直接貼合的狀態,進而得到保護膜形成用複合片。In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet is usually stored in a state where a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (eg, protective film forming film) opposite to the support sheet of the protective film forming composite sheet. Therefore, it is also possible to apply a composition for forming the outermost layer constituting a composition for forming a protective film, etc. on the release film (preferably a release-treated surface of the release film), and dry it as required, and then Firstly, the outermost film layer is formed on the release film, and then on the exposed surface on the opposite side to the release film contacting this layer, other layers are laminated by any of the above methods, and the release film is not removed. In the directly bonded state, a composite sheet for protective film formation is further obtained.

◇半導體晶片的製造方法 前述保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,能夠應用於半導體晶片的製造。 作為此時的半導體晶片的製造方法,例如,可列舉出包括下列步驟的製造方法:將尚未構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜、或前述保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的步驟(以下有時簡稱為「貼附步驟」);對在貼附於前述半導體晶圓之後的前述保護膜形成用膜照射能量射線進而形成保護膜的步驟(以下有時簡稱為「保護膜形成步驟」);以聚焦於設定在前述半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式,隔著前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜照射雷射光,以在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層(以下有時簡稱為「改性層形成步驟」);將形成了前述改性層的前述半導體晶圓,與前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜一起在前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜的表面方向(平行於表面的方向)上擴展,以將前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜切斷且同時在前述改性層的位置將前述半導體晶圓分割,進而得到複數個半導體晶片(以下有時簡稱為「分割步驟」)。◇Manufacturing method of semiconductor wafer The film for protective film formation and the composite sheet for protective film formation mentioned above can be applied to manufacture of a semiconductor wafer. As the manufacturing method of the semiconductor wafer at this time, for example, a manufacturing method including the following steps can be cited: a film for forming a protective film that has not yet constituted the composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film. A step of attaching a film-forming film to a semiconductor wafer (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "attaching step"); a step of irradiating energy rays to the protective film-forming film attached to the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film Step (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "protective film forming step"): irradiating laser light through the aforementioned protective film or protective film forming film in such a manner as to focus on a focal point set inside the aforementioned semiconductor wafer, to form a laser beam on the aforementioned semiconductor wafer. forming a modified layer inside the wafer (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "modified layer forming step"); the aforementioned semiconductor wafer on which the aforementioned modified layer is formed is placed on the aforementioned protective film together with the aforementioned protective film or film for protective film film or protective film forming film in the surface direction (direction parallel to the surface) to cut the protective film or protective film forming film and at the same time divide the aforementioned semiconductor wafer at the position of the modified layer, and then A plurality of semiconductor wafers are obtained (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "dividing step").

此處,半導體晶圓的擴展方向特別設定為保護膜或保護膜形成用膜的表面方向,通常此表面方向相同於半導體晶圓的表面方向(例如,前述背表面的方向)。Here, the expanding direction of the semiconductor wafer is specifically set to be the surface direction of the protective film or the film for forming a protective film, which is usually the same as the surface direction of the semiconductor wafer (for example, the direction of the aforementioned back surface).

以下,一併參照圖式對上述的製造方法進行說明。圖7~圖9係用於說明在使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。再者,圖10~圖12係用於說明在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化所構成之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。Hereinafter, the above-mentioned manufacturing method will be described with reference to the drawings. 7 to 9 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining one embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer when using a film for forming a protective film that does not yet constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film. In addition, FIGS. 10 to 12 are cross-sections illustrating an embodiment of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in the case of using a composite sheet for forming a protective film formed by integrating a film for forming a protective film with a support sheet in advance. schematic diagram.

<<在使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法>> 首先,對於使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下的製造方法的一實施形態,以保護膜形成用膜如圖1所示的情況作為範例進行說明(本實施形態有時可稱為「製造方法(1)-1」)。<<Manufacturing method of semiconductor wafer in the case of using a film for forming a protective film that does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film>> First, an embodiment of the production method in the case of using a film for forming a protective film that does not yet constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described by taking the case of the film for forming a protective film as shown in FIG. 1 as an example (this embodiment Sometimes referred to as "Manufacturing method (1)-1").

在製造方法(1)-1的前述貼附步驟中,如圖7的(a)所示,保護膜形成用膜13貼附於半導體晶圓9的背表面(與電極形成表面為相反側的表面)9b。 此處繪示出了第1剝離膜151從保護膜形成用膜13去除且保護膜形成用膜13的第1表面13a貼合於半導體晶圓9的背表面9b之情況。再者,此處,在半導體晶圓9中省略了電路表面上的凸塊等的圖示。In the aforementioned attaching step of manufacturing method (1)-1, as shown in FIG. surface) 9b. Here, the first release film 151 is removed from the protective film forming film 13 and the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 is bonded to the back surface 9 b of the semiconductor wafer 9 . In addition, here, the illustration of the bump etc. on the surface of a circuit in the semiconductor wafer 9 is abbreviate|omitted.

在製造方法(1)-1的貼附步驟之後,在前述保護膜形成步驟中,對在貼附於半導體晶圓9之後的保護膜形成用膜13照射能量射線,進而在半導體晶圓9上形成保護膜13',如圖7的(b)所示。也可以在將第2剝離膜152從保護膜形成用膜13去除之後,再進行能量射線的照射。After the attaching step of manufacturing method (1)-1, in the aforementioned protective film forming step, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with an energy ray, and further on the semiconductor wafer 9 A protective film 13' is formed, as shown in (b) of FIG. 7 . The energy ray irradiation may be performed after removing the second release film 152 from the film 13 for protective film formation.

再者,在製造方法(1)-1的貼附步驟之後,在前述改性層形成步驟中,藉由採用以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓9的內部之焦點的方式,隔著保護膜13'照射雷射光,進而在半導體晶圓9的內部形成改性層91,如圖7的(c)所示。也可以在將第2剝離膜152從保護膜13'去除之後進行雷射光的照射。 Furthermore, after the attaching step of the manufacturing method (1)-1, in the above-mentioned modifying layer forming step, by adopting a method of focusing on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9, through the protective film 13 'Irradiating laser light to form a modified layer 91 inside the semiconductor wafer 9, as shown in (c) of FIG. 7 . The irradiation of laser light may be performed after removing the second release film 152 from the protective film 13'.

在製造方法(1)-1的改性層形成步驟之後,在進行前述分割步驟之前,如圖7的(d)所示,將支撐片10貼附於與保護膜13'中貼附有半導體晶圓9之側的表面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第1表面」)13a'為相反側的表面(在本說明書中有時稱為「第2表面」)13b'。支撐片10係如圖2等所示之支撐片,並藉由支撐片的黏著劑層12貼附於保護膜13'。 After the modified layer forming step of the manufacturing method (1)-1, before the aforementioned dividing step, as shown in (d) of FIG. A surface (sometimes referred to as a "first surface" in this specification) 13a' on the side of the wafer 9 is a surface (sometimes called a "second surface" in this specification) 13b' on the opposite side. The support sheet 10 is a support sheet as shown in FIG. 2 and so on, and is attached to the protective film 13' through the adhesive layer 12 of the support sheet.

接著,在製造方法(1)-1的前述分割步驟中,將形成了改性層91的半導體晶圓9與保護膜13'一起在保護膜13'的表面(第1表面13a'或第2表面13b')方向上擴展,以將保護膜13'切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數半導體晶片9',如圖7的(e)所示。此時,保護膜13'在沿著半導體晶片9'的邊緣部分的位置被切斷(分割)。此切割後的保護膜13'以標號130'表示。 Next, in the aforementioned dividing step of manufacturing method (1)-1, the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed is placed on the surface of the protective film 13' (the first surface 13a' or the second surface 13a' together with the protective film 13'). The surface 13b') extends in the direction to cut the protective film 13' and at the same time divide the semiconductor wafer 9 at the position of the modified layer 91 to obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9', as shown in (e) of FIG. 7 . At this time, the protective film 13' is cut (divided) at a position along the edge portion of the semiconductor wafer 9'. The cut protection film 13' is denoted by reference numeral 130'.

在分割步驟中,藉由沿著圖7的(d)中的箭頭I所示的方向將半導體晶圓9及保護膜13'擴展(擴張),在此方向上受到施加力道(亦即,張力)之半導體晶圓9及保護膜13'被分割。 In the dividing step, by expanding (expanding) the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13' in the direction indicated by the arrow I in (d) of FIG. ) The semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13' are divided.

藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片。 In the above manner, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

另外,圖7繪示出了在進行保護膜形成步驟及改性層形成步驟之後將支撐片10貼附於保護膜13'的情況。然而,在製造方法(1)-1中,也可以在將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13之後進行保護膜形成步驟及改性層形成步驟,也可以在保護膜形成步驟後將支撐片10貼附於保護膜13'之後,才進行改性層形成步驟。In addition, FIG. 7 depicts the situation where the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film 13' after the protective film forming step and the modified layer forming step are performed. However, in the production method (1)-1, the protective film forming step and the modified layer forming step may be performed after the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film forming film 13, or the protective film forming step may be performed after the protective film forming step. After the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film 13', the modified layer forming step is performed.

在製造方法(1)-1中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜13'或切斷後的保護膜130'浮起。In the manufacturing method (1)-1, since the protective film forming film 13 is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer 9 ′ from forming the protective film 13 ′. Or the cut protective film 130' floats.

在製造方法(1)-1中,在保護膜形成步驟之後進行改性層形成步驟,然而在根據本實施形態的半導體晶片的製造方法中,也可以在進行改性層形成步驟之後進行保護膜形成步驟(有時可將本實施形態稱為「製造方法(1)-2」)。 圖8係用於說明這種半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。In the manufacturing method (1)-1, the modified layer forming step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the semiconductor wafer manufacturing method according to this embodiment, the protective film may be formed after the modified layer forming step. Formation step (this embodiment may be referred to as "manufacturing method (1)-2"). FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of such a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

相同於製造方法(1)-1的情況,在製造方法(1)-2的前述貼附步驟中,如圖8的(a)所示,將保護膜形成用膜13貼附於半導體晶圓9的背表面9b。As in the case of manufacturing method (1)-1, in the aforementioned attaching step of manufacturing method (1)-2, as shown in FIG. 8( a ), the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the semiconductor wafer. 9 back surface 9b.

在製造方法(1)-2的貼附步驟之後,在前述改性層形成步驟中,藉由採用以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓9的內部之焦點的方式,隔著保護膜形成用膜13照射雷射光,進而在半導體晶圓9的內部形成改性層91,如圖8的(b)所示。也可以在將第2剝離膜152從保護膜形成用膜13去除之後進行雷射光的照射。After the attaching step of the manufacturing method (1)-2, in the above modified layer forming step, by adopting a method of focusing on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9, the protective film forming film 13 Laser light is irradiated to form modified layer 91 inside semiconductor wafer 9 , as shown in FIG. 8( b ). Irradiation with laser light may be performed after removing the 2nd release film 152 from the film 13 for protective film formation.

再者,在製造方法(1)-2的貼附步驟之後,在前述保護膜形成步驟中,對在貼附於半導體晶圓9之後的保護膜形成用膜13照射能量射線,進而在半導體晶圓9上形成保護膜13',如圖8的(c)所示。藉由進行此步驟,可以得到與完成製造方法(1)-1的改性層形成步驟之後(亦即,圖7的(c))相同狀態的附有保護膜之半導體晶圓。Furthermore, after the attaching step of the manufacturing method (1)-2, in the aforementioned protective film forming step, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with an energy ray, and the semiconductor wafer 9 is further formed. A protective film 13' is formed on the circle 9, as shown in (c) of FIG. 8 . By performing this step, a semiconductor wafer with a protective film can be obtained in the same state as after completion of the modified layer forming step of the manufacturing method (1)-1 (ie, FIG. 7( c )).

之後,相同於製造方法(1)-1的情況(如圖7的(d)~圖7的(e)所示),將支撐片10貼附於保護膜13'的第2表面13b',接著,藉由進行前述分割步驟,將保護膜13'切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數個半導體晶片9',如圖8的(d)~圖8的(e)所示。 藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片。Afterwards, as in the case of manufacturing method (1)-1 (as shown in FIG. 7(d) to FIG. 7(e)), the support sheet 10 is attached to the second surface 13b' of the protective film 13', Next, by performing the aforementioned dividing step, the protective film 13' is cut and the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided at the position of the modified layer 91 at the same time, thereby obtaining a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9', as shown in (d)-figure 8 8(e). In the above manner, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

另外,圖8繪示出了在進行改性層形成步驟及保護膜形成步驟之後將支撐片10貼附於保護膜13'的情況。然而,在製造方法(1)-2中,也可以在將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13之後進行改性層形成步驟及保護膜形成步驟,也可以在改性層形成步驟後將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13之後,才進行保護膜形成步驟。In addition, FIG. 8 depicts a situation where the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film 13' after the modified layer forming step and the protective film forming step are performed. However, in the production method (1)-2, the modified layer forming step and the protective film forming step may be performed after the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film forming film 13, or may be performed after the modified layer forming step. The protective film forming step is performed after the support sheet 10 is attached to the film 13 for protective film formation.

在製造方法(1)-2中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,也能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜13'或切斷後的保護膜130'浮起。In the manufacturing method (1)-2, since the film 13 for forming a protective film is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is also possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer 9 ′ from forming from the protective film 13 . ' or the cut protective film 130' floats.

在製造方法(1)-1及(1)-2中,在保護膜形成步驟之後進行分割步驟,然而在根據本實施形態的半導體晶片的製造方法中,也可以在尚未進行保護膜形成步驟的情況下進行分割步驟,並在分割步驟之後進行保護膜形成步驟(有時可將本實施形態稱為「製造方法(1)-3」)。 圖9係用於說明這種半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。In the manufacturing methods (1)-1 and (1)-2, the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the semiconductor wafer manufacturing method according to this embodiment, the protective film forming step may not be performed In this case, a dividing step is performed, and a protective film forming step is performed after the dividing step (the present embodiment may be referred to as "manufacturing method (1)-3"). FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of such a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

能夠以相同於製造方法(1)-2的貼附步驟及改性層形成步驟的方法(如圖8的(a)~圖8的(b)所示),進行製造方法(1)-3的前述貼附步驟及改性層形成步驟,如圖9的(a)~圖9的(b)所示。Manufacturing method (1)-3 can be carried out in the same manner as the attachment step and modified layer forming step of manufacturing method (1)-2 (as shown in Figure 8(a) to Figure 8(b)). The aforementioned attaching step and modified layer forming step are shown in (a) to (b) of FIG. 9 .

在製造方法(1)-3的改性層形成步驟之後,在進行前述分割步驟之前,如圖9的(c)所示,將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的第2表面13b。After the modified layer forming step of the production method (1)-3, before the aforementioned dividing step, as shown in FIG. 9( c ), the support sheet 10 is attached to the second surface of the protective film forming film 13 13b.

接著,在製造方法(1)-3的前述分割步驟中,將形成了改性層91的半導體晶圓9與保護膜形成用膜13一起在保護膜形成用膜13的表面(第1表面13a或第2表面13b)方向上擴展,以將保護膜形成用膜13切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數半導體晶片9',如圖9的(d)所示。此時,保護膜形成用膜13在沿著半導體晶片9'的邊緣部分的位置被切斷(分割)。此切割後的保護膜形成用膜13以標號130表示。 在分割步驟中,藉由沿著圖9的(c)中的箭頭I所示的方向將半導體晶圓9及保護膜形成用膜13擴展(擴張),在此方向上受到施加力道(張力)之半導體晶圓9及保護膜形成用膜13被分割。 藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶片。Next, in the aforementioned dividing step of manufacturing method (1)-3, the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the reformed layer 91 was formed is placed on the surface of the protective film forming film 13 (first surface 13 a ) together with the protective film forming film 13 . Or expand in the direction of the second surface 13b) to cut the protective film forming film 13 and at the same time divide the semiconductor wafer 9 at the position of the modified layer 91, and then obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9', as shown in Figure 9 (d ) shown. At this time, the film 13 for protective film formation is cut|disconnected (segmented) at the position along the edge part of the semiconductor wafer 9'. The film 13 for forming a protective film after dicing is denoted by reference numeral 130 . In the dividing step, by expanding (expanding) the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film forming film 13 in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 9(c), a force (tension) is applied in this direction. The semiconductor wafer 9 and the film 13 for forming a protective film are divided. By the above method, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a film for protective film formation.

另外,圖9繪示出了在進行改性層形成步驟之後將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13的情況。然而,在製造方法(1)-3中,也可以在將支撐片10貼附於保護膜形成用膜13之後進行改性層形成步驟。In addition, FIG. 9 has shown the case where the support sheet 10 is attached to the film 13 for protective film formation after performing a modified layer formation process. However, in manufacturing method (1)-3, you may perform a modified layer formation process after attaching the support sheet 10 to the film 13 for protective film formation.

在製造方法(1)-3中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜形成用膜13或切斷後的保護膜形成用膜130浮起。In the manufacturing method (1)-3, since the protective film forming film 13 is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer 9 ′ from forming the protective film 9 ′. The film 13 or the cut protective film forming film 130 floats.

在製造方法(1)-3中,在前述分割步驟之後,藉由隔著支撐片10對保護膜形成用膜130照射能量射線,如圖9的(e)所示,進而在半導體晶片9'上形成保護膜130'。 In the manufacturing method (1)-3, after the aforementioned dividing step, by irradiating the protective film forming film 130 with energy rays through the supporting sheet 10, as shown in FIG. A protective film 130' is formed thereon.

在圖9的(e)中,繪示出了在拾取半導體晶片9'之前形成保護膜130'的情況,然而也可以在拾取半導體晶片9'後等的分割步驟之後的任意時刻進行保護膜130'的形成。 In (e) of FIG. 9 , the situation in which the protective film 130' is formed before picking up the semiconductor wafer 9' is shown, but the protective film 130' can also be formed at any time after the division step such as picking up the semiconductor wafer 9'. 'Formation.

<<在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of semiconductor wafer in the case of using a protective film forming composite sheet in which a protective film forming film and a support sheet are integrated in advance>>

接著,對於在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下的製造方法的一實施形態,以保護膜形成用複合片如圖2所示的情況作為範例進行說明(本實施形態有時可稱為「製造方法(2)-1」)。 Next, regarding one embodiment of the production method in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation in which the film for protective film formation and the support sheet are integrated in advance, the composite sheet for protective film formation as shown in FIG. An example will be described (this embodiment may be referred to as "manufacturing method (2)-1").

在製造方法(2)-1的前述貼附步驟中,如圖10的(a)所示,將保護膜形成用複合片1A中的保護膜形成用膜13貼附於半導體晶圓9的背表面9b。保護膜形成用複合片1A係在將剝離膜15去除後進行使用。 In the aforementioned attaching step of manufacturing method (2)-1, as shown in FIG. Surface 9b. The protective film forming composite sheet 1A is used after removing the peeling film 15 .

在製造方法(2)-1的貼附步驟之後,在前述保護膜形成步驟中,對在貼附於半導體晶圓9之後的保護膜形成用膜13照射能量射線,進而在半導體晶圓9上形成保護膜13',如圖10的(b)所示。此時,隔著支撐片10對保護膜形成用膜13照射能量射線。 After the attaching step of manufacturing method (2)-1, in the aforementioned protective film forming step, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with an energy ray, and further on the semiconductor wafer 9 A protective film 13' is formed as shown in (b) of FIG. 10 . At this time, energy rays are irradiated to the film 13 for protective film formation via the support sheet 10 .

另外,此處,對於保護膜形成用膜13成為保護膜13'之後的保護膜形成用複合片,以標號1A'表示。這同樣也適用於之後的圖式。 In addition, here, the composite sheet for protective film formation after the film 13 for protective film formation becomes the protective film 13' is shown by the code|symbol 1A'. This also applies to the subsequent schemas.

再者,在製造方法(2)-1的貼附步驟之後,在前述改性層形成步驟中,藉由採用以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓9的內部之焦點的方式,隔著保護膜13'(保護膜形成用複合片1A')照射雷射光,進而在半導體晶圓9的內部形成改性層91,如圖10的(c)所示。 Furthermore, after the attaching step of the manufacturing method (2)-1, in the above-mentioned modified layer forming step, by adopting a method of focusing on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9, the protective film 13 '(Composite sheet 1A' for protective film formation') is irradiated with laser light to form modified layer 91 inside semiconductor wafer 9, as shown in (c) of FIG. 10 .

接著,在製造方法(2)-1的前述分割步驟中,將形成了改性層91的半導體晶圓9與保護膜13'一起在保護膜13'的表面(第1表面13a'或第2表面13b')方向上擴展,以將保護膜13'切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數個半導體晶片9',如圖10的(d)所示。此時,保護膜13'在沿著半導體晶片9'的邊緣部分的位置被切割(分割),而成為保護膜130'。 在分割步驟中,藉由沿著圖10的(c)中的箭頭I所示的方向將半導體晶圓9及保護膜13'擴展(擴張),在此方向上受到施加力道(亦即,拉力)之半導體晶圓9及保護膜13'被分割。 藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片。Next, in the aforementioned dividing step of the manufacturing method (2)-1, the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the modified layer 91 is formed and the protective film 13 ′ are placed on the surface of the protective film 13 ′ (the first surface 13 a ′ or the second surface 13 a ′). The surface 13b') is extended in the direction to cut the protective film 13' and at the same time divide the semiconductor wafer 9 at the position of the modified layer 91, and then obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9', as shown in (d) of Figure 10 . At this time, the protective film 13' is cut (divided) at a position along the edge portion of the semiconductor wafer 9', and becomes the protective film 130'. In the dividing step, by expanding (expanding) the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13' in the direction indicated by the arrow I in (c) of FIG. ) of the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film 13' are divided. In the above manner, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

在製造方法(2)-1中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜13'或切斷後的保護膜130'浮起。In the manufacturing method (2)-1, since the protective film forming film 13 is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is possible to suppress the Or the cut protective film 130' floats.

在製造方法(2)-1中,在保護膜形成步驟之後進行改性層形成步驟,然而在根據本實施形態的半導體晶片的製造方法中,也可以在進行改性層形成步驟之後進行保護膜形成步驟(有時可將本實施形態稱為「製造方法(2)-2」)。 圖11係用於說明這種半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。In the manufacturing method (2)-1, the modified layer forming step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the semiconductor wafer manufacturing method according to this embodiment, the protective film may be formed after the modified layer forming step. Formation step (this embodiment may be referred to as "manufacturing method (2)-2"). FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of such a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

相同於製造方法(2)-1的情況,在製造方法(2)-2中,如圖11的(a)所示,將保護膜形成用複合片1A中的保護膜形成用膜13貼附於半導體晶圓9的背表面9b。As in the case of manufacturing method (2)-1, in manufacturing method (2)-2, as shown in FIG. 11( a ), the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 1A is attached on the back surface 9 b of the semiconductor wafer 9 .

在製造方法(2)-2的貼附步驟之後,在前述改性層形成步驟中,藉由採用以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓9的內部之焦點的方式,隔著保護膜形成用膜13(保護膜形成用複合片1A)照射雷射光,進而在半導體晶圓9的內部形成改性層91,如圖11的(b)所示。After the attaching step of manufacturing method (2)-2, in the above-mentioned modified layer forming step, by adopting a method of focusing on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer 9 , the protective film forming film 13 (Composite sheet for forming a protective film 1A) is irradiated with laser light to form a reformed layer 91 inside the semiconductor wafer 9, as shown in FIG. 11( b ).

再者,在製造方法(2)-2的貼附步驟之後,在前述保護膜形成步驟中,對在貼附於半導體晶圓9之後的保護膜形成用膜13照射能量射線,進而在半導體晶圓9上形成保護膜13',如圖11的(c)所示。藉由進行此步驟,可以得到與完成製造方法(2)-1的改性層形成步驟之後(亦即,圖10的(c))相同狀態的附有保護膜之半導體晶圓。Furthermore, after the attaching step of the manufacturing method (2)-2, in the protective film forming step described above, the protective film forming film 13 attached to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with energy rays, and the semiconductor wafer 9 is further formed. A protective film 13' is formed on the circle 9, as shown in (c) of FIG. 11 . By performing this step, a semiconductor wafer with a protective film can be obtained in the same state as after completion of the modified layer forming step of the manufacturing method (2)-1 (ie, (c) of FIG. 10 ).

之後,相同於製造方法(2)-1的情況(如圖10的(d)所示),藉由進行前述分割步驟,將保護膜13'切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數個半導體晶片9',如圖11的(d)所示。 藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片。Afterwards, similar to the case of manufacturing method (2)-1 (as shown in (d) of FIG. 10 ), by performing the aforementioned dividing step, the protective film 13 ′ is cut and at the same time, the semiconductor Wafer 9 is divided to obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9 ′, as shown in (d) of FIG. 11 . In the above manner, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

在製造方法(2)-2中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜13'或切斷後的保護膜130'浮起。In the manufacturing method (2)-2, since the protective film forming film 13 is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer 9 ′ from forming the protective film 13 ′ Or the cut protective film 130' floats.

在製造方法(2)-1及(2)-2中,在保護膜形成步驟之後進行分割步驟,然而在根據本實施形態的半導體晶片的製造方法中,也可以在尚未進行保護膜形成步驟的情況下進行分割步驟,並在分割步驟之後進行保護膜形成步驟(有時可將本實施形態稱為「製造方法(2)-3」)。 圖12係用於說明這種半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。In the manufacturing methods (2)-1 and (2)-2, the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the semiconductor wafer manufacturing method according to this embodiment, the protective film forming step may not be performed In this case, a dividing step is performed, and a protective film forming step is performed after the dividing step (the present embodiment may be referred to as "manufacturing method (2)-3"). FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of such a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer.

能夠以相同於製造方法(2)-2的貼附步驟及改性層形成步驟的方法(如圖11的(a)~圖11的(b)所示),進行製造方法(2)-3的前述貼附步驟及改性層形成步驟,如圖12的(a)~圖12的(b)所示。The manufacturing method (2)-3 can be carried out in the same way as the attaching step and the modified layer forming step of the manufacturing method (2)-2 (as shown in FIG. 11(a) to FIG. 11(b)). The aforementioned attaching step and modified layer forming step are shown in (a) to (b) of FIG. 12 .

接著,在製造方法(2)-3的前述分割步驟中,將形成了改性層91的半導體晶圓9與保護膜形成用膜13一起在保護膜形成用膜13的表面(第1表面13a或第2表面13b)方向上擴展,以將保護膜形成用膜13切斷且同時在改性層91的位置將半導體晶圓9分割,進而得到複數半導體晶片9',如圖12的(c)所示。此時,保護膜形成用膜13在沿著半導體晶片9'的邊緣部分的位置被切斷(分割)。 在分割步驟中,藉由沿著圖12的(b)中的箭頭I所示的方向將半導體晶圓9及保護膜形成用膜13擴展(擴張),在此方向上受到施加力道(張力)之半導體晶圓9及保護膜形成用膜13被分割。 藉由以上的方式,可得到目標的半導體晶片9'作為附有保護膜形成用膜的半導體晶片。Next, in the aforementioned dividing step of manufacturing method (2)-3, the semiconductor wafer 9 on which the reformed layer 91 is formed is placed on the surface of the film 13 for protective film formation (first surface 13 a ) together with the film 13 for forming a protective film. Or expand in the direction of the second surface 13b) to cut the protective film forming film 13 and at the same time divide the semiconductor wafer 9 at the position of the modified layer 91, and then obtain a plurality of semiconductor wafers 9', as shown in Figure 12 (c ) shown. At this time, the film 13 for protective film formation is cut|disconnected (segmented) at the position along the edge part of the semiconductor wafer 9'. In the dividing step, by expanding (expanding) the semiconductor wafer 9 and the protective film forming film 13 in the direction indicated by the arrow I in FIG. 12(b), a force (tension) is applied in this direction The semiconductor wafer 9 and the film 13 for forming a protective film are divided. By the above method, the target semiconductor wafer 9' can be obtained as a semiconductor wafer with a film for protective film formation.

在製造方法(2)-3中,由於使用了保護膜形成用膜13,因此在前述分割步驟中將半導體晶圓9分割成半導體晶片9'時,能夠抑制半導體晶片9'從保護膜形成用膜13或切斷後的保護膜形成用膜130浮起。In the manufacturing method (2)-3, since the protective film forming film 13 is used, when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into the semiconductor wafers 9 ′ in the aforementioned dividing step, it is possible to suppress the semiconductor wafer 9 ′ from forming the protective film. The film 13 or the cut protective film forming film 130 floats.

在製造方法(2)-3中,在前述分割步驟之後,藉由對保護膜形成用膜130照射能量射線,進而在半導體晶圓9上形成保護膜130',如圖12的(d)所示。 在圖12的(d)中,繪示出了在拾取半導體晶片9'之前形成保護膜130'的情況,然而也可以在拾取半導體晶片9'後等的分割步驟之後的任意時刻進行保護膜130'的形成。In the manufacturing method (2)-3, after the aforementioned division step, the protective film 130 is irradiated with energy rays to form the protective film 130 on the semiconductor wafer 9 , as shown in (d) of FIG. 12 . Show. In (d) of FIG. 12 , the case where the protective film 130' is formed before picking up the semiconductor wafer 9' is shown, however, the protective film 130 may be formed at any time after the division step such as picking up the semiconductor wafer 9'. 'Formation.

目前為止,對於在使用了圖1所示之保護膜形成用膜13、圖2所示之支撐片10及圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法進行了說明,然而本發明的半導體晶片的製造方法並不限定於此。 例如,在使用保護膜形成用複合片的情況下,也可以使用圖3~圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B~1E、還具備前述中間層之保護膜形成用複合片等的圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A以外的保護膜形成用複合片,並以相同的方式製造半導體晶片。 再者,也可以使用如以上說明的內容所述之僅由基材所構成的支撐片、積層了中間層所構成的支撐片等的圖2所示之支撐片10以外的支撐片,並以相同的方式製造半導體晶片。 如以上所述,在使用其他實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片、支撐片等的情況下,可以基於這些片材的結構差異,在上述製造方法中適當地對步驟進行添加、改變、刪除等,以製造出半導體晶片。So far, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in the case of using the film 13 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 , the support sheet 10 shown in FIG. 2 , and the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. For the sake of explanation, however, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer of the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, in the case of using a composite sheet for forming a protective film, it is also possible to use the composite sheets for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. A semiconductor wafer was produced in the same manner as the composite sheet for forming a protective film other than the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in 2 . Moreover, it is also possible to use a support sheet other than the support sheet 10 shown in FIG. Semiconductor wafers are manufactured in the same manner. As described above, in the case of using the protective film-forming composite sheet, support sheet, etc. of other embodiments, steps may be appropriately added, changed, or deleted in the above-mentioned production method based on structural differences of these sheets. , to produce semiconductor wafers.

◇半導體裝置的製造方法 在藉由上述的製造方法得到半導體晶片之後,將此半導體晶片在貼附有分割後的保護膜的狀態下(亦即,作為附有保護膜的半導體晶片)直接從支撐片剝離並拾取(未繪示)。 之後,藉由相同於先前技術的方法,將所得到的附有保護膜的半導體晶片之半導體晶片以覆晶(flip-chip)的方式連接於基板的電路表面,作為半導體封裝體(package)。然後,藉由使用此半導體封裝體,可以製造出目標的半導體裝置(未繪示)。◇Manufacturing method of semiconductor device After the semiconductor wafer is obtained by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, the semiconductor wafer is directly peeled off from the support sheet and picked up in the state where the divided protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor wafer with a protective film) (not shown). drawn). Afterwards, by the same method as the prior art, the obtained semiconductor chip with protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate to form a semiconductor package. Then, by using the semiconductor package, a target semiconductor device (not shown) can be manufactured.

作為本發明的一樣態之保護膜形成用膜,係能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,前述保護膜形成用膜具有藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3.6N/25mm以上8N/25mm以下的特性,前述保護膜形成用膜具有當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜的剪切強度為11N/3mm□以上13N/3mm□以下的特性,且前述保護膜形成用膜包含具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。The film for forming a protective film in one aspect of the present invention is an energy ray curable film for forming a protective film, and the film for forming a protective film has a gap between the film for forming a protective film and a silicon wafer when measured by the following method: The adhesive force is 3.6N/25mm or more and 8N/25mm or less. The film for forming a protective film has the shear of the protective film when the protective film is formed by irradiating ultraviolet rays to the film for forming a protective film. The cut strength is 11 N/3 mm□ or more and 13 N/3 mm□ or less, and the film for forming a protective film includes a compound having a carboxyl group or a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymerizable group. Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

前述化合物可以是脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯。The aforementioned compound may be an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester.

前述化合物也可以是琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)。The aforementioned compound may also be succinic acid mono(2-acryloyloxyethyl).

作為本發明的其他樣態之保護膜形成用膜,係能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,前述保護膜形成用膜含有:ε-己內酯改性的參-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為5~15質量%)作為能量射線固化性成分(a2);將丙烯酸甲酯(85質量份)及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(15質量份)共聚合所得到之丙烯酸類聚合物(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為25~30質量%)作為不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b);2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-2-芐基-1-丁酮(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為0.3~1質量%)作為光聚合起始劑(c);二氧化矽填料(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為50~65質量%)作為填料(d);3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為0.2~0.6質量%)作為偶合劑(e);含有酞菁類藍色色素、異吲哚啉酮類黃色色素及蒽醌型類紅色色素和苯乙烯丙烯酸樹脂之顏料(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為2~6質量%)作為著色劑(g);具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物(含量:相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量為0.15~3質量%,以0.25~1質量%為較佳)作為化合物(p)(但是,相對於保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)中固體成分的總質量,各成分的含量之總和不超過100質量%)。A film for forming a protective film according to another aspect of the present invention is an energy ray-curable film for forming a protective film, and the film for forming a protective film contains: ε-caprolactone-modified ginseng-(2-acryloyloxy ethyl) isocyanurate (content: 5 to 15% by mass relative to the total mass of solids in the protective film forming composition (IV-1)) as the energy ray curable component (a2); acrylic acid Acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerization of methyl ester (85 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (15 parts by mass) (content: relative to the total mass of solids in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) 25 to 30% by mass) as a polymer (b) without an energy ray curable group; 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-benzyl- 1-butanone (content: 0.3 to 1% by mass relative to the total mass of solids in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1)) as a photopolymerization initiator (c); silica filler (content: 50 to 65% by mass relative to the total mass of solids in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1)) as a filler (d); 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (content: relative The total mass of solids in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) is 0.2 to 0.6% by mass) as a coupling agent (e); containing a phthalocyanine-based blue dye, an isoindolinone-based yellow dye, and anthracene A quinoid red pigment and a styrene acrylic resin pigment (content: 2 to 6% by mass relative to the total mass of solids in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1)) as a colorant (g); having a carboxyl group or a compound that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymerizable group (content: 0.15 to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of solids in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), and 0.25 to 1% by mass % is preferable) as the compound (p) (however, the total content of each component does not exceed 100% by mass based on the total mass of solid components in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1)).

前述保護膜形成用膜具有藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3.6N/25mm以上8N/25mm以下的特性,前述保護膜形成用膜具有當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜的剪切強度為11N/3mm□以上13N/3mm□以下的特性,且前述保護膜形成用膜包含具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。The film for forming a protective film has a property that the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and a silicon wafer is 3.6 N/25 mm or more and 8 N/25 mm or less when measured by the following method. When the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film, the shear strength of the protective film when measured by the following method is 11N/3mm□ or more and 13N/3mm□ or less, and the film for forming a protective film contains A carboxyl group, a group that forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a compound of a polymerizable group. Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

前述化合物可以是脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯。The aforementioned compound may be an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester.

前述化合物也可以是琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)。The aforementioned compound may also be succinic acid mono(2-acryloyloxyethyl).

作為本發明的其他樣態之附有保護膜的矽晶片,包含為能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜的固化物之保護膜、和為貼附有前述保護膜形成用膜的矽晶圓的切斷物之矽晶片,其中藉由以下方法測量時的固化前的保護膜形成用膜與前述矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3.6N/25mm以上8N/25mm以下,且藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜的剪切強度為11N/3mm□以上13N/3mm□以下。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。A silicon wafer with a protective film as another aspect of the present invention includes a protective film that is a cured product of an energy ray curable protective film forming film, and a silicon wafer on which the aforementioned protective film forming film is attached. A cut-off silicon wafer, wherein the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film before curing and the aforementioned silicon wafer is 3.6 N/25 mm or more and 8 N/25 mm or less when measured by the following method, and the following method The shear strength of the protective film at the time of measurement is 11N/3mm□ or more and 13N/3mm□ or less. Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

前述保護膜形成用膜包含具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物。The said film for protective film formation contains the compound which has a carboxyl group or a group which forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymeric group.

前述化合物可以是脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯。The aforementioned compound may be an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester.

前述化合物也可以是琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)。The aforementioned compound may also be succinic acid mono(2-acryloyloxyethyl).

作為本發明的其他樣態之附有保護膜形成用膜的矽晶圓,包含能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜、貼附有前述保護膜形成用膜的矽晶圓,其中前述保護膜形成用膜具有藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3.6N/25mm以上8N/25mm以下,以及當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法測量時的保護膜的剪切強度為11N/3mm□以上13N/3mm□以下的特性。 保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。 保護膜的剪切強度: 在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。A silicon wafer with a film for forming a protective film as another aspect of the present invention includes an energy ray curable film for forming a protective film, and a silicon wafer on which the film for forming a protective film is attached, wherein the protective film The film for forming has an adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and a silicon wafer of 3.6 N/25 mm or more and 8 N/25 mm or less when measured by the following method, and when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film In the case of a film, the shear strength of the protective film when measured by the following method is 11N/3mm□ or more and 13N/3mm□ or less. Adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the film for forming a protective film with a thickness of 25 μm on the silicon wafer, the method was used to bring the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer into contact with each other. The surfaces of the surfaces form an angle of 180° with each other, and the film for forming a protective film is peeled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300mm/min, and the peeling force (N/25mm) at this time is measured, and This measured value was taken as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and the silicon wafer. Shear strength of the protective film: After attaching the protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the protective film was The film for forming was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, and the obtained silicon wafer with a protective film was diced into silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the The protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is applied to the surface direction of the protective film at a speed of 200 μm/s, and the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film is destroyed (N/3mm □) As the shear strength of the protective film.

前述保護膜形成用膜包含具有羧基或以羧基形成鹽的基團、及聚合性基團之化合物。The said film for protective film formation contains the compound which has a carboxyl group or a group which forms a salt with a carboxyl group, and a polymeric group.

前述化合物可以是脂肪族二羧酸單(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯。The aforementioned compound may be an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid mono(meth)acryloxyalkyl ester.

前述化合物也可以是琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)。 [實施例]The aforementioned compound may also be succinic acid mono(2-acryloyloxyethyl). [Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例,對本發明更詳細地說明。然而,本發明並不限定於以下所示之實施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by means of specific examples. However, this invention is not limited to the Example shown below.

<保護膜形成用組合物的製備原料> 用於製備保護膜形成用組合物的原料如以下所示。 [能量射線固化性成分(a2)] (a2)-1:ε-己內酯改性的參-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯(新中村化學工業公司所製造的「A-9300-1CL」,三官能基紫外線固化性化合物)。 [不具有能量射線固化性基團的聚合物(b)] (b)-1:將丙烯酸甲酯(85質量份)及丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(以下簡稱為「HEA」)(15質量份)共聚合所得到的丙烯酸類聚合物(重量平均分子量為300000,玻璃轉移溫度為6℃)。 [光聚合起始劑(c)] (c)-1:2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-2-芐基-1-丁酮(BASF公司所製造的「Irgacure(註冊商標)369」)。 [填料(d)] (d)-1:二氧化矽填料(熔融石英填料,平均粒徑為8μm)。 [偶合劑(e)] (e)-1:3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司所製造的「KBM-503」,矽烷偶合劑)。 [著色劑(g)] (g)-1:將32質量份的酞菁類藍色色素(藍色顏料15:3)、18質量份的異吲哚啉酮類黃色色素(黃色顏料139)、50質量份的蒽醌型類紅色色素(紅色顏料177)混合成前述3種色素的合計量/苯乙烯丙烯酸樹脂的量=1/3(質量比)所得到的顏料。 [化合物(p)] (P)-1:琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)<Materials for the preparation of protective film-forming composition> The raw materials used to prepare the composition for protective film formation are as follows. [Energy ray curable component (a2)] (a2)-1: ε-caprolactone-modified ginseng-(2-acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate ("A-9300-1CL" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trifunctional based UV-curable compounds). [Polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group] (b)-1: Acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing methyl acrylate (85 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter referred to as "HEA") (15 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight: 300,000 , with a glass transition temperature of 6 °C). [Photopolymerization initiator (c)] (c)-1: 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 manufactured by BASF Corporation) "). [Filler (d)] (d)-1: Silica filler (fused silica filler, average particle size: 8 μm). [Coupling agent (e)] (e)-1: 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane ("KBM-503" by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silane coupling agent). [Coloring agent (g)] (g)-1: 32 parts by mass of a phthalocyanine-based blue pigment (blue pigment 15:3), 18 parts by mass of an isoindolinone-based yellow pigment (yellow pigment 139), and 50 parts by mass of anthraquinone A type of red pigment (red pigment 177) is mixed so that the total amount of the above three pigments/the amount of styrene acrylic resin=1/3 (mass ratio). [compound (p)] (P)-1: Succinic acid mono(2-acryloyloxyethyl)

[實施例1] <保護膜形成用複合片的製造> (保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)的製備) 將能量射線固化性成分(a2)-1、聚合物(b)-1、光聚合起始劑(c)-1、填料(d)-1、偶合劑(e)-1、著色劑(g)-1及化合物(p)-1溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮中,使得上述成分的含量(固體含量,質量份)成為如表1所示之值,並在23℃下攪拌,以調配出固體成分濃度為50質量%之保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)。另外,表1中的含有成分的欄位中所記載之「-」係意味著保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)不含有此成分。[Example 1] <Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation> (Preparation of protective film-forming composition (IV-1)) Energy ray curable component (a2)-1, polymer (b)-1, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1, filler (d)-1, coupling agent (e)-1, colorant (g )-1 and compound (p)-1 were dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone so that the contents of the above components (solid content, parts by mass) became the values shown in Table 1, and stirred at 23°C to A protective film forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was prepared. In addition, "-" described in the column of the component contained in Table 1 means that the composition for protective film formation (IV-1) does not contain this component.

(黏著劑組合物(I-4)的製備) 調配出固體成分濃度為30質量%之非能量射線硬化性的黏著劑組合物(I-4),其含有丙烯酸類聚合物(100質量份,固體成分)及異氰酸酯類交聯劑(日本聚氨酯公司(Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co.,Ltd.)所製造的「Coronate L」,三羥甲基丙烷的甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚體加合物)(5質量份,固體成分),且還含有甲基乙基酮作為溶劑。前述丙烯酸類聚合物係將甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(80質量份)、及HEA(20質量份)共聚合所得到的,且其重量平均分子量為600000。(Preparation of Adhesive Composition (I-4)) A non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4) with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared, which contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and an isocyanate crosslinking agent (Nippon Polyurethane Co., Ltd. "Coronate L" manufactured by (Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.), a toluene diisocyanate trimer adduct of trimethylolpropane) (5 parts by mass, solid content), and also contains methyl ethyl Ketones as solvents. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass), and has a weight average molecular weight of 600,000.

(支撐片的製造) 在使用聚矽氧處理對聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯所製的膜的一表面進行了剝離處理所得到之剝離膜(琳得科公司所製造的「SP-PET 381031」,厚度為38μm)的前述剝離處理表面上,塗覆上述所得到的黏著劑組合物(I-4),且藉由在120℃下加熱2分鐘並進行乾燥,以形成厚度為10μm之非能量射線固化性的黏著劑層。 接著,將作為基材的聚丙烯類膜(厚度為80μm)貼合於此黏著劑層的露出表面上,以得到基材、黏著劑層及剝離膜依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上積層所構成的支撐片。(Manufacture of support sheet) A peeling film ("SP-PET 381031" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., 38 μm thick) obtained by peeling one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film with silicone treatment ), the adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was coated, and dried by heating at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable adhesive with a thickness of 10 μm. Adhesive layer. Next, a polypropylene-based film (80 μm in thickness) as a base material was attached to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to obtain a base material, an adhesive layer, and a release film in this order in the thickness direction of these film layers. A support sheet composed of laminated layers.

(保護膜形成用複合片的製造) 在使用聚矽氧處理而對聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯所製的膜的一表面進行了剝離處理所得到之剝離膜(第2剝離膜,琳得科公司所製造的「SP-PET 382150」,厚度為38μm)的前述剝離處理表面上,塗覆上述所得到的保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1),且藉由在100℃下加熱2分鐘並進行乾燥,以製造厚度為25μm之能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜。 接著,藉由將剝離膜(第1剝離膜,琳得科公司所製造的「SP-PET 381031」,厚度為38μm)的剝離處理面貼合於所得到的保護膜形成用膜中不具備第2剝離膜之側的露出表面上,以得到保護膜形成用膜之一側的表面上具備第1剝離膜而另一側的表面上具備第2剝離膜之積層膜。(Manufacture of composite sheets for protective film formation) A peeling film obtained by peeling one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film with silicone treatment (the second peeling film, "SP-PET" manufactured by Lintec Corporation) 382150", a thickness of 38 μm), the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was coated, and heated at 100°C for 2 minutes and dried to produce a thickness of 25μm energy ray curable protective film forming film. Next, the peeling-treated surface of the peeling film (the first peeling film, "SP-PET 381031" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., 38 μm in thickness) was attached to the obtained film for forming a protective film without the second peeling film. 2 On the exposed surface on the side of the release film, a laminated film having a first release film on one surface of the film for forming a protective film and a second release film on the other surface is obtained.

接著,將剝離膜從上述所得到的支撐片的黏著劑層去除。再者,將第1剝離膜從上述所得到的積層膜去除。之後,藉由將黏著劑層中由於去除上述的剝離膜而露出的表面、與保護膜形成用膜中由於去除上述的第1剝離膜而露出的表面互相貼合,以製造出基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上積層所得到的保護膜形成用複合片。Next, the release film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above. In addition, the first release film was removed from the laminated film obtained above. Thereafter, the surface exposed by removing the above-mentioned release film in the adhesive layer and the surface exposed by removing the above-mentioned first release film in the film for forming a protective film are bonded to each other to manufacture a substrate, an adhesive The agent layer, the film for protective film formation, and the 2nd release film were laminated|stacked in this order in the thickness direction of these film layers, and the composite sheet for protective film formation obtained was laminated|stacked.

<保護膜形成用膜的評價> (保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力) 將保護膜形成用膜中由於將第1剝離膜從上述所得到的積層膜去除而露出的表面,貼附於黏著膠帶(琳得科公司所製造的「D-841」)。之後,藉由將所得到的結構裁切成25mm×140mm的尺寸,以製作出試驗片。 接著,將第2剝離膜從所得到的試驗片中的保護膜形成用膜去除,且將保護膜形成用膜中因此而露出的表面貼附於6英寸的矽晶圓(厚度為300μm)的#2000研磨表面上,並靜置30分鐘。<Evaluation of film for protective film formation> (Adhesion force between protective film forming film and silicon wafer) The surface exposed by removing the first release film from the above-obtained laminated film in the film for forming a protective film was attached to an adhesive tape ("D-841" manufactured by Lintec Corporation). After that, a test piece was produced by cutting the obtained structure into a size of 25 mm×140 mm. Next, the second peeling film was removed from the film for forming a protective film in the obtained test piece, and the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film was attached to the surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness: 300 μm). #2000 abrasive surface and let stand for 30 minutes.

接著,在23℃的條件下,使用精密萬能試驗機(島津製作所製造的「Autograph AG-IS」),以300mm/min的剝離速度,將保護膜形成用膜及黏著膠帶之積層體從前述矽晶圓以保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣拉開剝離,亦即進行所謂的180°剝離。而且,測量此時的剝離力(荷重,N/25mm),並將此測量值定義為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力。結果如表1所示。Next, using a precision universal testing machine ("Autograph AG-IS" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) at a temperature of 23°C at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the laminate of the film for forming a protective film and the adhesive tape was separated from the silicon The wafer is pulled apart in such a way that the protective film forming film and the surfaces of the silicon wafer that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180° with each other, that is, so-called 180° peeling is performed. And, the peeling force (load, N/25mm) at this time was measured, and this measured value was defined as the adhesive force between the film for protective film formation and a silicon wafer. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜的評價> (半導體晶片的浮起之抑制) 將保護膜形成用膜中由於將第1剝離膜從上述所得到的積層膜去除而露出的表面,貼附於8英寸的矽晶圓(厚度為300μm)的#2000研磨表面上。 接著,將第2剝離膜從此保護膜形成用膜去除,以露出保護膜形成用膜。再者,將剝離膜從上述所得到的支撐片的黏著劑層去除,以露出黏著劑層。之後,藉由將黏著劑層的露出表面與保護膜形成用膜的露出表面互相貼合且同時貼附於環形框架上,使得基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上積層所得到的積層體固定於環形框架上,並靜置30分鐘。<Evaluation of protective film> (Inhibition of floating of semiconductor wafers) The surface of the film for forming a protective film exposed by removing the first release film from the above-obtained laminated film was attached to the #2000 polished surface of an 8-inch silicon wafer (thickness: 300 μm). Next, the 2nd peeling film is removed from this film for protective film formation, and the film for protective film formation is exposed. Furthermore, the release film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above to expose the adhesive layer. After that, by attaching the exposed surface of the adhesive layer and the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film to each other and attaching them to the ring frame at the same time, the substrate, the adhesive layer, the film for forming a protective film, and the silicon wafer are attached to each other. A laminate obtained by laminating these film layers in the thickness direction in this order was fixed to a ring frame and left to stand for 30 minutes.

之後,藉由使用紫外線照射裝置(琳得科公司所製造的「RAD-2000m/8」),在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,隔著前述基材及黏著劑層對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜。以下,將由此得到的結構(亦即,前述積層體中的保護膜形成用膜已成為保護膜的結構)稱為「固化後積層體」。 接著,為了能夠隔著保護膜對矽晶圓照射雷射光,將前述固化後積層體及環形框架,一邊調整其位置一邊設置於雷射切割機(Laser saw)(Disco公司所製造的「DFL7361」)上。After that, by using an ultraviolet irradiation device ("RAD-2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Corporation), under the conditions of illuminance of 195mW/cm 2 and light intensity of 170mJ/cm 2 , through the above-mentioned substrate and adhesion The agent layer irradiates the film for protective film formation with ultraviolet rays, and hardens the film for protective film formation into a protective film. Hereinafter, the structure thus obtained (that is, the structure in which the film for forming a protective film in the above-mentioned laminate has become a protective film) is referred to as "a laminate after curing". Next, in order to irradiate the silicon wafer with laser light through the protective film, the above-mentioned cured laminate and ring frame are set on a laser saw ("DFL7361" manufactured by Disco Corporation) while adjusting their positions. )superior.

接著,以聚焦於設定在半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式,隔著支撐片及保護膜照射波長為1342nm的雷射光,進而在半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層。 接著,將前述固化後積層體及環形框架設置於晶粒分離器(Die Separator)(Disco公司所製造的「DDS2300」)上,並在0℃的條件下,將前述固化後積層體在前述保護膜的表面方向(沿著表面的方向)上擴展,以將保護膜切斷且同時在前述改性層的位置將矽晶圓分割,進而得到複數個尺寸為3mm×3mm的矽晶片。Next, laser light having a wavelength of 1342 nm was irradiated through the support sheet and the protective film so as to focus on the focal point set inside the semiconductor wafer, thereby forming a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer. Next, set the above-mentioned cured laminate and the ring frame on a grain separator (Die Separator) ("DDS2300" manufactured by Disco Company), and under the condition of 0°C, place the above-mentioned cured laminate on the aforementioned protection The surface direction of the film (along the direction of the surface) is extended to cut the protective film and at the same time divide the silicon wafer at the position of the aforementioned modified layer to obtain a plurality of silicon wafers with a size of 3mm×3mm.

接著,目視觀察所得到的矽晶圓在保護膜上的分割狀態,完全沒有發生矽晶圓從保護膜浮起的情況判斷為「A」,而存在1個以上的矽晶圓發生從保護膜浮起的情況則判斷為「B」。結果如表1所示。Next, visually observe the obtained split state of the silicon wafer on the protective film, it is judged as "A" that the silicon wafer does not float from the protective film at all, and there is one or more silicon wafers that are lifted from the protective film. If it floats, it is judged as "B". The results are shown in Table 1.

(保護膜的剪切強度) 除了使用6英寸的矽晶圓(厚度為300μm)取代8英寸的矽晶圓(厚度為300μm)之外,採用與評價上述的「半導體晶片的浮起之抑制」時相同的方法,將基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓依此順序在這些膜層的厚度方向上積層所得到的積層體固定於環形框架上,並靜置30分鐘。另外,將保護膜形成用膜貼附於6英寸的矽晶圓的#2000研磨表面上。(shear strength of protective film) Except for using a 6-inch silicon wafer (300 μm thick) instead of an 8-inch silicon wafer (300 μm thick), the base , the adhesive layer, the film for forming a protective film, and the silicon wafer were laminated in this order in the thickness direction of these film layers, and the laminate obtained was fixed on a ring frame and left to stand for 30 minutes. Also, a protective film forming film was attached to the #2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer.

之後,藉由使用紫外線照射裝置(琳得科公司所製造的的「RAD 2000m/8」),在照度為195mW/cm2 、光量為170mJ/cm2 的條件下,隔著前述基材及黏著劑層對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,進而得到附有保護膜的矽晶圓。 之後,使用切割刀具,將矽晶圓與保護膜一起切割(切割附有保護膜的矽晶圓)並單片化,進而得到複數個尺寸為3mm×3mm之具備保護膜的矽晶片(亦即,附有保護膜的矽晶片)。After that, by using an ultraviolet irradiation device ("RAD 2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Corporation), under the conditions of illuminance of 195mW/cm 2 and light intensity of 170mJ/cm 2 , through the above-mentioned substrate and adhesion The agent layer irradiates ultraviolet rays to the film for forming a protective film to cure the film for forming a protective film into a protective film, thereby obtaining a silicon wafer with a protective film. After that, use a dicing tool to cut the silicon wafer and the protective film together (cut the silicon wafer with the protective film) and singulate it, and then obtain a plurality of silicon wafers with a protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm (that is, , silicon wafer with a protective film).

接著,使用萬能型推拉力測試儀(bond tester)(Nordson Advanced Technology公司製造的「DAGE 4000」),在23℃下,利用剪切工具(share tool),以200μm/s的速度,僅對附有保護膜的矽晶圓之中的保護膜,在保護膜的表面方向上施力。之後,確認直到保護膜被破壞時所施加的力的最大值,並將其設定為剪切強度(N/3mm□)。結果如表1所示。Next, using a universal push-pull tester ("DAGE 4000" manufactured by Nordson Advanced Technology Co., Ltd.), at 23°C, using a shear tool (share tool) at a speed of 200 μm/s, only the attached The protective film in the silicon wafer with the protective film exerts force in the direction of the surface of the protective film. After that, the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film was broken was confirmed, and it was set as the shear strength (N/3mm□). The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片的製造、以及保護膜形成用膜及保護膜的評價> [實施例2、比較例1] 除了將在保護膜形成用組合物(IV-1)的製造時所需的調配成分的量更改為如表1所示之外,其餘以相同於實施例1的方式製造保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,並對保護膜形成用膜及保護膜進行評價。結果如表1所示。<Manufacture of protective film forming composite sheet, evaluation of protective film forming film and protective film> [Example 2, Comparative Example 1] Except that the amounts of the ingredients required for the preparation of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) were changed to those shown in Table 1, the protective film-forming film and A composite sheet for forming a protective film, and evaluation of the film for forming a protective film and the protective film. The results are shown in Table 1.

[表1]

Figure AA1
[Table 1]
Figure AA1

從上述結果可以清楚得知,在實施例1~2中,在藉由將附有保護膜的矽晶圓擴展,進而切斷保護膜且同時將矽晶圓分割成矽晶片時,抑制了矽晶片從保護膜浮起。在實施例1~2中,保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力高達3.8N/25mm以上(3.8~4.5N/25mm)。而且,在實施例1~2中,保護膜的剪切強度高達11.3N/3mm□以上(11.3~11.4N/3mm□)。As can be clearly seen from the above results, in Examples 1 and 2, when the silicon wafer with the protective film is expanded, and then the protective film is cut and the silicon wafer is divided into silicon wafers at the same time, the silicon wafer is suppressed. The wafer floats from the protective film. In Examples 1 and 2, the adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the silicon wafer was as high as 3.8 N/25 mm or more (3.8 to 4.5 N/25 mm). Furthermore, in Examples 1 and 2, the shear strength of the protective film was as high as 11.3 N/3 mm□ or more (11.3 to 11.4 N/3 mm□).

相對於此,在比較例1中,並沒有抑制矽晶片從保護膜浮起。在比較例1中,保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為2.6N/25mm,比實施例1~2還低。而且,在比較例1中,保護膜的剪切強度為10.1N/3mm□,比實施例1~2還低。On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1, the lifting of the silicon wafer from the protective film was not suppressed. In Comparative Example 1, the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and the silicon wafer was 2.6 N/25 mm, which was lower than that of Examples 1-2. Furthermore, in Comparative Example 1, the shear strength of the protective film was 10.1 N/3mm□, which was lower than that of Examples 1-2.

從這些實施例及比較例的結果可以明確地證實,矽晶片是否有浮起,會受到上述的黏著力及剪切強度的影響。 [產業上的可利性]From the results of these examples and comparative examples, it can be clearly confirmed that whether or not the silicon wafer is lifted will be affected by the above-mentioned adhesive force and shear strength. [industrial availability]

本發明可以應用於半導體裝置的製造。The present invention can be applied to the manufacture of semiconductor devices.

1A、1A'、1B、1C、1D、1E‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 9‧‧‧半導體晶圓 9b‧‧‧半導體晶圓的背表面 9'‧‧‧半導體晶片 10‧‧‧支撐片 10a‧‧‧支撐片的表面(第1表面) 11‧‧‧基材 11a‧‧‧基材的表面(第1表面) 12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面(第1表面) 13、23‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13a、23a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(第1表面) 13b‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(第2表面) 13'‧‧‧保護膜 15‧‧‧剝離膜 16‧‧‧治具用黏著劑層 16a‧‧‧治具用黏著劑層的表面 91‧‧‧半導體晶圓的改性層 130‧‧‧切斷後的保護膜形成用膜 130'‧‧‧切斷後的保護膜 151‧‧‧第1剝離膜 152‧‧‧第2剝離膜1A, 1A', 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E‧‧‧composite sheet for protective film formation 9‧‧‧semiconductor wafer 9b‧‧‧The back surface of the semiconductor wafer 9'‧‧‧semiconductor chip 10‧‧‧Support piece 10a‧‧‧The surface of the support sheet (1st surface) 11‧‧‧Substrate 11a‧‧‧The surface of the substrate (1st surface) 12‧‧‧adhesive layer 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer (1st surface) 13.23‧‧‧Film for protective film formation 13a, 23a‧‧‧The surface of the protective film forming film (1st surface) 13b‧‧‧The surface of the protective film forming film (second surface) 13'‧‧‧Protective film 15‧‧‧Peeling film 16‧‧‧adhesive layer for jig 16a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer for jigs 91‧‧‧Modified layer of semiconductor wafer 130‧‧‧cut protective film forming film 130'‧‧‧cut protective film 151‧‧‧The first release film 152‧‧‧Second release film

[圖1]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用膜的剖面示意圖。 [圖2]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 [圖3]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 [圖4]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 [圖5]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 [圖6]係根據本發明的一實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片的剖面示意圖。 [圖7]係用於說明在使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。 [圖8]係用於說明在使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。 [圖9]係用於說明在使用尚未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。 [圖10]係用於說明在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。 [圖11]係用於說明在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。 [圖12]係用於說明在使用預先將保護膜形成用膜與支撐片一體化之保護膜形成用複合片的情況下之半導體晶片的製造方法的一實施形態的剖面示意圖。[ Fig. 1 ] is a schematic cross-sectional view of a film for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 2] Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 3 ] is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 6] Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [ Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in the case of using a film for forming a protective film that does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film. [ Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in the case of using a film for forming a protective film that does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film. [ Fig. 9] Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor wafer in the case of using a film for forming a protective film that does not yet constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film. [ Fig. 10] Fig. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of a semiconductor wafer manufacturing method using a protective film forming composite sheet in which a protective film forming film and a support sheet are previously integrated. [ Fig. 11] Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of a semiconductor wafer manufacturing method using a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a protective film-forming film and a support sheet are previously integrated. [ Fig. 12] Fig. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an embodiment of a semiconductor wafer manufacturing method using a protective film forming composite sheet in which a protective film forming film and a support sheet are previously integrated.

1A‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1A‧‧‧Composite sheet for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支撐片 10‧‧‧Support piece

10a‧‧‧支撐片的表面(第1表面) 10a‧‧‧The surface of the supporting sheet (the first surface)

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面(第1表面) 11a‧‧‧The surface of the substrate (the first surface)

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面(第1表面) 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer (the first surface)

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧Film for protective film formation

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(第1表面) 13a‧‧‧The surface of the film for protective film formation (1st surface)

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Peeling film

16‧‧‧治具用黏著劑層 16‧‧‧adhesive layer for jig

16a‧‧‧治具用黏著劑層的表面 16a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer for jigs

Claims (3)

一種保護膜形成用膜,其係包含固化性成分之能量射線固化性的保護膜形成用膜,其中前述固化性成分僅由能量射線固化性成分所構成,藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力為3N/25mm以上,且當對前述保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線進而形成保護膜時,藉由以下方法所測量到的保護膜的剪切強度為10.5N/3mm□以上,保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力:在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,採用使前述保護膜形成用膜及矽晶圓原本彼此接觸的表面互相形成180°的角度之態樣,以300mm/min的剝離速度,將前述保護膜形成用膜從矽晶圓拉開剝離,測量出此時的剝離力(N/25mm),並將此測量值作為保護膜形成用膜與矽晶圓之間的黏著力,保護膜的剪切強度:在將厚度為25μm的前述保護膜形成用膜貼附於矽晶圓之後,在照度為195mW/cm2、光量為170mJ/cm2的條件下,藉由對保護膜形成用膜照射紫外線,以將保護膜形成用膜固化成保護膜,且將所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶圓切割成尺寸為3mm×3mm之附有保護膜的矽晶片,並僅對所得到的附有保護膜的矽晶片之中的保護膜,以200μm/s的速度在保護膜的表面方向上施力,將直到保護膜被破壞為止所施加的力的最大值(N/3mm□)作為保護膜的剪切強度。 A film for forming a protective film, which is an energy-ray-curable protective film-forming film containing a curable component, wherein the curable component is composed only of an energy-ray-curable component, and the protective film measured by the following method The adhesive force between the film for formation and the silicon wafer is 3N/25mm or more, and when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film, the shear strength of the protective film measured by the following method is 10.5N/3mm□ or more, Adhesion between the protective film forming film and the silicon wafer: After attaching the aforementioned protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm to the silicon wafer, the aforementioned protective film forming film In the case where the surfaces of the silicon wafers originally in contact with each other form an angle of 180°, the film for forming a protective film was pulled away from the silicon wafer at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min, and the peeling force at this time was measured ( N/25mm), and this measured value is taken as the adhesive force between the protective film forming film and the silicon wafer, and the shear strength of the protective film: when the aforementioned protective film forming film with a thickness of 25 μm is attached to the silicon wafer After rounding, under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW/cm 2 and a light intensity of 170 mJ/cm 2 , the film for forming a protective film was cured into a protective film by irradiating ultraviolet rays to the film for forming a protective film, and the obtained attached The silicon wafer with protective film is cut into silicon wafer with protective film with a size of 3mm×3mm, and only the protective film in the obtained silicon wafer with protective film is protected at a speed of 200μm/s. A force was applied in the surface direction of the film, and the maximum value (N/3mm□) of the force applied until the protective film was broken was defined as the shear strength of the protective film. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,包括支撐片,且在前述支撐片上包括如申請專利範圍第1項所述之保護膜形成用膜。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film as described in item 1 of the patent scope of the application is included on the support sheet. 一種半導體晶片的製造方法,包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項所述之保護膜形成用膜、或如申請專利範圍第2項所述之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓;對在貼附於前述半導體晶圓之後的前述保護膜形成用膜照射能量射線,以形成保護膜;以聚焦於設定在前述半導體晶圓的內部之焦點的方式,隔著前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜照射雷射光,以在前述半導體晶圓的內部形成改性層;以及將形成了前述改性層的前述半導體晶圓,與前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜一起在前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜的表面方向擴展,以將前述保護膜或保護膜形成用膜切斷且同時在前述改性層的位置將前述半導體晶圓分割,進而得到複數半導體晶片。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor wafer, comprising: applying the film for forming a protective film as described in item 1 of the patent application, or the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in item 2 of the scope of application attached to a semiconductor wafer; irradiating energy rays to the film for forming a protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film; irradiating laser light onto the protective film or film for forming a protective film to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer; film together in the surface direction of the aforementioned protective film or protective film forming film to cut the aforementioned protective film or protective film forming film and at the same time divide the aforementioned semiconductor wafer at the position of the aforementioned modified layer, thereby obtaining a plurality of semiconductor wafers. wafer.
TW107137717A 2017-10-27 2018-10-25 Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip TWI783066B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-208432 2017-10-27
JP2017208432 2017-10-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201936825A TW201936825A (en) 2019-09-16
TWI783066B true TWI783066B (en) 2022-11-11

Family

ID=66247807

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107137717A TWI783066B (en) 2017-10-27 2018-10-25 Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7137575B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102575833B1 (en)
CN (1) CN111279463B (en)
TW (1) TWI783066B (en)
WO (1) WO2019082963A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7540884B2 (en) * 2019-11-21 2024-08-27 リンテック株式会社 Kit and method for producing third laminate using said kit
JP7540885B2 (en) * 2019-11-21 2024-08-27 リンテック株式会社 Kit and method for producing third laminate using said kit
CN116745903B (en) * 2021-02-03 2024-02-02 住友电木株式会社 Sealing resin composition and semiconductor device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201205660A (en) * 2010-07-20 2012-02-01 Nitto Denko Corp Film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface, and dicing tape-integrated film for semiconductor back surface
TW201420717A (en) * 2012-07-25 2014-06-01 Lintec Corp Protective film-forming layer, sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201533105A (en) * 2014-01-22 2015-09-01 Lintec Corp Protective membrane forming film, protective membrane forming sheet, compound sheet for forming protective membrane, and product manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012222002A (en) 2011-04-04 2012-11-12 Nitto Denko Corp Dicing die-bonding film and semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2013222846A (en) * 2012-04-17 2013-10-28 Nitto Denko Corp Substrate dicing method
TWI600740B (en) * 2012-11-30 2017-10-01 Lintec Corp Sheet having a curable resin film-forming layer, and method of manufacturing the semiconductor device using the same
WO2014092200A1 (en) * 2012-12-14 2014-06-19 リンテック株式会社 Holding membrane forming film
WO2014155756A1 (en) * 2013-03-26 2014-10-02 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
KR102594777B1 (en) * 2015-02-05 2023-10-26 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Composite sheet for forming a resin film, and method for manufacturing a chip having a resin film
JP6577341B2 (en) * 2015-11-13 2019-09-18 日東電工株式会社 LAMINATE AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201205660A (en) * 2010-07-20 2012-02-01 Nitto Denko Corp Film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface, and dicing tape-integrated film for semiconductor back surface
TW201420717A (en) * 2012-07-25 2014-06-01 Lintec Corp Protective film-forming layer, sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201533105A (en) * 2014-01-22 2015-09-01 Lintec Corp Protective membrane forming film, protective membrane forming sheet, compound sheet for forming protective membrane, and product manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019082963A1 (en) 2019-05-02
JPWO2019082963A1 (en) 2020-11-19
KR102575833B1 (en) 2023-09-06
TW201936825A (en) 2019-09-16
KR20200074112A (en) 2020-06-24
CN111279463A (en) 2020-06-12
JP7137575B2 (en) 2022-09-14
CN111279463B (en) 2023-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI783931B (en) Use of energy ray curable film and use of protective film forming composite sheet
CN108713248B (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing semiconductor chip
TWI851545B (en) Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip
TWI783066B (en) Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip
TWI782910B (en) Protective film-forming film and complex sheet for forming protective film
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
TWI847963B (en) Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip
TW201936826A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI781099B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film and the using of energy line curable film
TWI791650B (en) Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI786209B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI810213B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI796297B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
KR20190003943A (en) Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI782911B (en) Film for forming protective film, method of treating the same, and composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI778960B (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
JP6938477B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
TW202239924A (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film wherein the protective film forming film comprises an acrylic resin having no energy ray curable group
JP2024008899A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film
TW202239895A (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet and manufacturing method of chip having protective film wherein the protective film forming film has a gel fraction of components other than inorganic fillers of 60% or more
CN116891700A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film forming film